第十四 此最上品巴利
14. Etadaggavaggo
第一最上品巴利
(14) 1. Paṭhamaetadaggavaggo
最上句的解说巴利
Etadaggapadavaṇṇanā
188 在“最上”等词的解释中,因为最初品的第一章出现了“在最前”,所以要把“最上”这个词带进来配合理解。“从今日起”就是从今天开始。“以指尖”就是用手指的尖端。“酸的部分”就是酸的那一块。“成为终极”就是成为最高的终极,因为在那个位置上没有其他同类。正因如此,它也是最殊胜的,所以叫“最上”。“最上安立”就是把某件事安立为最上,这是通过事缘等四种理由来完成的。为了详细说明长老凭大智慧获得最上地位的情形,才说了“如何”等话。“两句之内”是指在“甘棠巴树下”和“持双山”这两处所显示的两句。“秃头凳”是指那种既不是七支也不是五支、单纯就是一张凳子的所谓光头凳,这是针对那种凳子说的。“铺开而坐”是说凭借佛力覆盖一切后坐下。因此说:“就这样坐着”等等。“使之成为身证者”是指通过名身领受教法,从而成为亲证者。在提到“善法、不善法、无记法”时,其中的“iti”表示起始,由此涵盖了一切阿毗达摩教说。巴利
188. Etadaggesu paṭhamavaggassa paṭhame ādimhi dissatīti ettha aggasaddoti ānetvā yojetabbaṃ. Ajjataggeti ajjadivasaṃ ādiṃ katvāti attho. Aṅgulaggenāti aṅgulikoṭiyā. Ambilagganti ambilakoṭṭhāso. Koṭibhūtāti paramakoṭibhūtā tasmiṃ ṭhāne tādisānaṃ aññesaṃ abhāvato. Tato eva seṭṭhabhūtātipi aggā. Etadaggasannikkhepoti etadagge ṭhapanaṃ aṭṭhuppattiādīhi catūhipi kāraṇehi. Mahāpaññatāya therena etadaggaṭṭhānassa laddhabhāvaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ – ‘‘katha’’ntiādimāha. Dve padantarānīti kaṇḍambamūle yugandharapabbateti dvīsu ṭhānesu dve padāni dassetvā. Muṇḍapīṭhakanti yaṃ sattaṅgaṃ pañcaṅgaṃ vā na hoti, kevalaṃ muṇḍakapīṭhaṃ, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Avattharitvā nisīdīti buddhānubhāvena ajjhottharitvā nisīdi. Tenāha – ‘‘evaṃ nisīdanto’’tiādi. Kāyasakkhiṃ katvāti nāmakāyena desanāya sampaṭicchanavasena sakkhibhūtaṃ katvā. Kusalā dhammā akusalā dhammā abyākatā dhammāti iti-saddo ādyattho, tena sabbaṃ abhidhammadesanaṃ saṅgaṇhāti.
在神变处,指的是显现双神变的地方。“你们看”是就他们人数众多而说的。“其”是指人群作为一个整体。“行相”就是仪态样子。“大众”指包括天界在内的世间一切大众。就像显示地狱是为了让人生起悚惧,显示天界也同样是为了让人生起悚惧,正如在次第说法中讲生天论时所说的那样:即使天界具足一切圆满,也是无常、不稳固、注定要堕落的。所谓“准备好”,是指像用五十种调式调试妥当,可以随心意弹奏那样,事先准备妥当。巴利
Pāṭihāriyaṭṭhāneti yamakapāṭihāriyassa kataṭṭhāne. Passathāti tesaṃ bahubhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Assāti manussasamūhassa ekabhāvaṃ. Ākappanti ākāraṃ. Mahājanoti sadevake loke sabbo mahājano. Yathā nirayadassanaṃ saṃvegajananatthaṃ, evaṃ devalokadassanampi saṃvegajananatthameva ‘‘anupubbikathāyaṃ saggakathā viya evaṃ sabbasampattisamupetopi saggo anicco addhuvo cavanadhammo’’ti. Sajjetvāti samapaṇṇāsāya mucchanāhi yathā kāmena nivādetuṃ sakkā, evaṃ sajjetvā.
把凡夫五问作为开头,一直讲到漏尽者的问题为止,这一组五个问题就叫“凡夫五问”。所谓“首先……问……”,是说最初问的是关于凡夫范围的问题。关于无碍解,则是按照各人自己的志向和各自的观修趋向所现起的领域,就像初地等那样,所以说“他们各自站在自己无碍解的领域上而解说”。至于问佛陀范围的问题——巴利
Puthujjanapañcakaṃ pañhanti puthujjanapañhaṃ ādiṃ katvā pavattitaṃ khīṇāsavapañhapariyantaṃ pañhapañcakaṃ. Paṭhamaṃ…pe… pucchīti puthujjanavisaye pañhaṃ pucchi. Paṭisambhidā yathābhinīhāraṃ yathāsakaṃ vipassanābhinīhārena paṭhamabhūmiyādayo viya pavattitavisayāti vuttaṃ – ‘‘te attano attano paṭisambhidāvisaye ṭhatvā kathayiṃsū’’ti. Buddhavisaye pañhaṃ pucchīti –
“那些已了知诸法者,以及此间众多的有学,”
智者,请回答我所问的,为我讲说他们的行持,尊者!巴利
‘‘Ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idha; Tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisā’’ti. (su. ni. 1044) –
世尊提出了这个问题。在这里,“已了知法”是指已了知、已通达四圣谛法,也就是通过四道现证四圣谛法的人,意思是如此。由此言及无学者。“众多”这个词在两处都要套上:“众多已了知法者”以及“众多有学”。所谓“他们”,是指那两种人——有学和无学的补特伽罗,是我所问的,意思是被我所问。“行道”是指在有学地与无学地的到达行道。依此而行,趣向有学地和无学地,所以叫行道。我问道,请宣说、讲说他们那个行道,意思是被我所问,请你宣说。世尊在佛所知的境界中这样提出问题后,说道:“舍利弗,对于这简略之说,应当怎样详细了知其义?”长老审察这个问题后,对于“师长问我有学和无学比丘的行道”这一点没有疑惑,但对于“所谓行道,可以依蕴等许多门径来解说,我该以哪种方式才能把握师长的心意”心存犹豫。针对这一点才说:“法将军……不能……”。无力回答所问的问题时,环顾四方是众生的本性,为了显示这一点,又说:“东方……不能……”。其中,“问题生起之处”是指问题生起的原因。巴利
Idaṃ pañhaṃ pucchi. Tattha saṅkhātadhammāti saṅkhātā ñātā catusaccadhammā, ye ca saṅkhātadhammā catūhi maggehi paṭividdhacatusaccadhammāti attho. Iminā asekkhā kathitā. Puthu-saddo ubhayatthapi yojetabbo ‘‘ye puthū saṅkhātadhammā, ye ca puthū sekhā’’ti. Tesanti tesaṃ dvinnaṃ sekkhāsekkhapuggalānaṃ me puṭṭhoti yojetabbaṃ, mayā puṭṭhoti attho. Iriyanti sekkhāsekkhabhūmiyā āgamanappaṭipadaṃ. Iriyati gacchati sekkhabhūmiṃ asekkhabhūmiñca etāyāti iriyā, taṃ tesaṃ iriyaṃ āgamanappaṭipadaṃ mayā puṭṭho pabrūhi kathehīti attho. Evaṃ bhagavā buddhavisaye pañhaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘imassa nu kho, sāriputta, saṃkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo’’ti āha. Thero pañhaṃ oloketvā ‘‘satthā maṃ sekkhāsekkhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ āgamanappaṭipadaṃ pucchatī’’ti pañhe nikkaṅkho hutvā ‘‘āgamanappaṭipadā nāma khandhādivasena bahūhipi mukhehi sakkā kathetuṃ, katarākārena nu kho kathento satthu ajjhāsayaṃ gaṇhituṃ sakkhissāmī’’ti ajjhāsaye kaṅkhi, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘dhammasenāpati…pe… na sakkotī’’ti. Pucchitapañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ paṭibhāne asati disāvilokanaṃ sattānaṃ sabhāvoti dassento, ‘‘puratthima…pe... nāsakkhī’’ti āha. Tattha pañhuppattiṭṭhānanti pañhuppattikāraṇaṃ.
世尊知道长老感到疲惫,他了解了长老的疲惫状态:“舍利弗对这个问题已经没有疑惑,只是在揣测我的心意,所以觉得累。”就用“以四大所成身来执取”这句话,通过五蕴的角度来说明对名色的执取。因为世尊说“舍利弗,你观察这是已生(四大所造)的吗?”的时候,就是通过五蕴的角度来显示对名色的执取。据说世尊当时这样想:“如果我不给出线索,舍利弗就说不出来;一旦我给出线索,他就能把握我的心意,通过五蕴的角度来解说。”长老一得到这个线索,那个问题就以成百上千种理路呈现在他面前。因此他说:“已知,世尊!已知,善逝!”巴利
Therassakilamanabhāvaṃ jānitvāti ‘‘sāriputto pañhe nikkaṅkho, ajjhāsaye me kaṅkhamāno kilamatī’’ti therassa kilamanabhāvaṃ ñatvā. Catumahābhūtikakāyapariggahanti etena khandhamukhena nāmarūpapariggaho vutto. ‘‘Bhūtamidanti, sāriputta, samanupassasī’’ti hi vadantena bhagavatā khandhavasena nāmarūpapariggaho dassito. Evaṃ kirassa bhagavato ahosi ‘‘sāriputto mayā naye adinne kathetuṃ na sakkhissati, dinne pana naye mamajjhāsayaṃ gahetvā khandhavasena kathessatī’’ti. Therassa saha nayadānena so pañho nayasatena nayasahassena upaṭṭhāsi. Tenāha – ‘‘aññātaṃ bhagavā, aññātaṃ sugatā’’ti.
无色界里没有结生,这是就那里没有机会积集菩提资粮这一点来说的。所以他说“因为是不可能之处”,意思是:已经得到授记的菩萨,不可能投生到那种地方。至于“在色界中受生”,是因为具备业自在力的缘故,菩萨不在无色界受生,而在色界受生。巴利
Arūpāvacare paṭisandhi nāma na hotīti bodhisambhārasambharaṇassa anokāsabhāvato vuttaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘abhabbaṭṭhānattā’’ti, laddhabyākaraṇānaṃ bodhisattānaṃ uppattiyā abhabbadesattāti attho . Rūpāvacare nibbattīti kammavasitāsambhavato arūpāvacare anibbattitvā rūpāvacare nibbatti.
通过“超过千人”等语句,开示了《超过千人本生》。其中,“即使超过千人”就是指超过一千人。“聚集起来的”,是指那些聚在一起、却无法理解所说之义的愚人。“这些无慧者即使悲泣百年”,意思是这些如此聚集的无慧者,因为愚痴,就像兔子一样,即使悲泣百年乃至千年,也只是哭泣、哀叹。然而即使哭泣,他们也还是不能知道其义,也不明白其原因。这就是所要阐明的道理。“唯独一位有慧者更优胜”,意思是比起上千个那样的愚人,单单一位有智慧的贤者就更优胜、更可贵。怎样才算是有慧者呢?回答说:“凡能了知所说之义者”,就像那位最年长的弟子一样,凡是能了知所说之义的人,那样的有慧者才最为可贵。在第二个《超过百人本生》中,“他们将禅思”,是指为了如实地了知意义,他们会入定之后去思惟。这里其余的内容,可按前面所说的方法理解。巴利
Parosahassantiādinā parosahassajātakaṃ dasseti. Tattha parosahassampīti atirekasahassampi. Samāgatānanti sannipatitānaṃ bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānituṃ asakkontānaṃ bālānaṃ. Kandeyyuṃ te vassasataṃ apaññāti te evaṃ samāgatā apaññā ime bālattā sasā viya vassasatampi vassasahassampi rodeyyuṃ parideveyyuṃ. Rodamānāpi pana atthaṃ vā kāraṇaṃ vā neva jāneyyunti dīpeti. Ekova seyyo puriso sapaññoti evarūpānaṃ bālānaṃ parosahassatopi eko paṇḍitapurisova seyyo varataroti attho. Kīdiso sapaññoti āha – ‘‘yo bhāsitassa vijānāti attha’’nti, ayaṃ jeṭṭhantevāsiko viya yo bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānāti, so tādiso sapañño varataroti attho. Dutiye parosatajātake jhāyeyyunti yāthāvato atthaṃ jānituṃ samāhitā hutvā cinteyyuṃ. Sesamettha vuttanayameva.
在第三个本生中,“凡是有想者”这句话,是指除了证得非想非非想处的众生之外,其余所有有心的众生。“他们也是悲惨的”——因为他们没有证得那种非想非非想处定,所以即使生在“有想”的存在状态中,也仍然是悲惨的,陷入了苦。因为他们把想看作病、看作疮、看作刺(中部3.24),所以他们是观见想的过患的人。“凡是无想者”这句话,是指生在无想境界中的无心众生。他们也因为没有证得这种定,所以同样是悲惨的。禅那的快乐是无垢无过的,因为前面所说的那些过失都不存在。而且由于它具有强力的心一境性这一特性,所以被称为无垢。他说“非想非非想”——据说在过去,波罗奈由梵授王治理时,菩萨在森林中临终,弟子们问他,他说了“非想非非想”。就像前一个本生所说的那样,那些苦行者不接受最年长弟子的话。菩萨从光音天下来,站在空中,说了这首偈颂。因此说“其余部分应依照前面所说的方法理解”。巴利
Tatiyajātake ye saññinoti ṭhapetvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanalābhino avasesacittakasatte dasseti. Tepi duggatāti tassā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā alābhato tepi duggatā dukkhaṃ upagatā saññībhave. ‘‘Saññā rogo saññā gaṇḍo saññā salla’’nti (ma. ni. 3.24) hi te saññāya ādīnavadassino. Yepi asaññinoti asaññībhave nibbatte acittakasatte dasseti. Tepi imissāyeva samāpattiyā alābhato duggatāyeva. Jhānasukhaṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ niddosaṃ yathāvuttadosābhāvato. Balavacittekaggatāsabhāvenapi taṃ anaṅgaṇaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Nevasaññī nāsaññīti āhāti atīte kira bārāṇasiyaṃ brahmadatte rajjaṃ kārente bodhisatto araññāyatane kālaṃ karonto antevāsikehi puṭṭho ‘‘nevasaññī nāsaññī’’ti āha. Purimajātake vuttanayeneva tāpasā jeṭṭhantevāsikassa kathaṃ na gaṇhiṃsu. Bodhisatto ābhassarato āgantvā ākāse ṭhatvā imaṃ gāthamāha. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabba’’nti.
在第四个本生(Jā 1.1.135)中,“其光如月,故为月光”,指白遍。“其光如日,故为日光”,指黄遍。“凡在此以慧立足者”,指在此有情世间,有这样的人以慧立足于这两种遍——即取为所缘而进入,或安住其中。“以无寻的第二禅那,生于光音天”,指这个人这样修行之后,凭所获得的第二禅那,投生到光音梵天界。“其余应依前说方式理解”,用这句话来说明以下内容(Jā-aṭṭha 1.1.135 月光本生注):过去,波罗奈由梵授王治理时,菩萨在森林阿兰若处临终,弟子们问他,他说了“月光、日光”,然后投生到光音天。那些苦行者不相信最年长的弟子。菩萨便从光音天回来,站在空中,说了这首偈。巴利
Catutthajātake (jā. 1.1.135) candassa viya ābhā etassāti candābhaṃ, odātakasiṇaṃ. Sūriyābhanti sūriyassa viya ābhā etassāti sūriyābhaṃ, pītakasiṇaṃ. Yodha paññāya gādhatīti yo puggalo idha sattaloke idaṃ kasiṇadvayaṃ paññāya gādhati, ārammaṇaṃ katvā anuppavisati, tattha vā patiṭṭhahati. Avitakkena dutiyajjhānena ābhassarūpago hotīti so puggalo tathā katvā paṭiladdhena dutiyena jhānena ābhassarabrahmalokūpago hoti. Sesaṃ purimanayenevaveditabbanti iminā imaṃ dasseti (jā. aṭṭha. 1.1.135 candābhajātakavaṇṇanā) – atīte bārāṇasiyaṃ brahmadatte rajjaṃ kārente bodhisatto araññāyatane kālaṃ karonto antevāsikehi pucchito ‘‘candābhaṃ sūriyābha’’nti vatvā ābhassare nibbatto. Tāpasā jeṭṭhantevāsikassa na saddahiṃsu. Bodhisatto āgantvā ākāse ṭhito imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi.
在第五个本生故事里,“仍应怀抱希望”的意思是:不要断绝希望,对自己的业行仍然要抱有期待。“不应厌离”的意思是不生厌离心,不感到烦躁不安。“而”只是个语气词。“如我所愿”是在说明:我本来希望能从六十肘深的地狱坑里脱出,我正是那样出生的,正是从那里脱出的。巴利
Pañcamajātake āsīsethevāti āsācchedaṃ akatvā attano kammesu āsaṃ kareyyeva. Na nibbindeyyāti na nibbedaṃ uppādeyya, na ukkaṇṭheyyāti attho. Voti nipātamattaṃ. Yathā icchinti ahañhi saṭṭhihatthā narakā uṭṭhānaṃ icchiṃ, somhi tatheva jāto, tato uṭṭhitoyevāti dīpeti.
据说,过去波罗奈由梵授王统治时,菩萨投生为獐鹿,住在森林里。国王喜欢猎鹿,身体强壮有力。有一天,他出去打猎,对大臣们说:“鹿从谁身边逃走,就该由谁把鹿交出来。”后来有一天,那只獐鹿起身后,正好从国王站的地方逃走了。大臣们就嘲笑国王。国王心想:“这些人在取笑我,不知道我的本事。”于是把下衣紧紧系好,独自上前,手持利剑,说:“我一定要抓住这只獐鹿!”便飞快地冲了出去。看到獐鹿后,他一路追了三由旬。獐鹿逃进森林,国王也跟了进去。在那里,獐鹿经过的路上有一个六十肘深的大腐臭陷阱,里面灌满了三十肘深的水,还被草盖住。獐鹿闻到水的气味,知道那是陷阱,就稍微退开,绕道走了。国王却笔直地冲过来,掉进了那个陷阱里。巴利
Atīte (jā. aṭṭha. 4.13.sarabhamigajātakavaṇṇanā) kira bārāṇasiyaṃ brahmadatte rajjaṃ kārente bodhisatto sarabhamigayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā araññe paṭivasati. Rājā migavittako ahosi thāmasampanno. Ekadivasaṃ gantvā amacce āha – ‘‘yassa passena migo palāyati, teneva so dātabbo’’ti. Athekadivasaṃ sarabhamigo uṭṭhāya rañño ṭhitaṭṭhānena palāyi. Atha naṃ amaccā uppaṇḍesuṃ. Rājā cintesi – ‘‘ime maṃ parihāsanti, mama pamāṇaṃ na jānantī’’ti gāḷhaṃ nivāsetvā pattikova khaggaṃ ādāya ‘‘sarabhaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti vegena pakkhandi. Atha naṃ disvā tīṇi yojanāni anubandhi. Sarabho araññaṃ pāvisi. Rājāpi pāvisiyeva. Tattha sarabhamigassa gamanamagge saṭṭhihatthamatto mahāpūtipātanarakaāvāṭo atthi, so tiṃsahatthamattaṃ udakena puṇṇo tiṇehi ca paṭicchanno. Sarabho udakagandhaṃ ghāyitvāva āvāṭabhāvaṃ ñatvā thokaṃ osakkitvā gato. Rājā pana ujukameva āgacchanto tasmiṃ pati.
萨罗婆没有听到他的脚步声,转身回头,也没看见他,心想“他一定是掉进地狱般的陷阱里了”,于是走回来查看,看见国王在深水里没有落脚处,正苦苦挣扎。萨罗婆没有把国王先前犯的过错放在心上,生起了悲悯,想:“不能让这个可怜人在我眼前死掉,我要把他从这苦难中救出来。”他站在陷阱边上说:“大王,别怕,我来救你脱苦。”就像奋力救出自己的爱子一样,为了救国王,他用岩石做了个攀附的东西,把那个追来、原本心想“我要刺死它”的国王从六十肘深的地狱般陷阱里拉了出来。他安慰国王,让国王骑到自己背上,带出森林,在军队附近把国王放下来,给了国王教导,让国王安住在五戒中。国王被四部军队簇拥着回到城里,让人击鼓宣告:“从今以后,全国所有居民都要守持五戒。”菩萨却没有向任何人提起自己做的恩德。傍晚,国王吃了各种美味,躺在装饰华丽的床上睡了。天亮时,国王想起菩萨的恩德,起身后在床座上盘腿而坐,满心欢喜,发出感兴语,诵出“āsīsetheva puriso”等六首偈颂。巴利
Sarabho tassa padasaddaṃ asuṇanto nivattitvā taṃ apassanto ‘‘narakaāvāṭe patito bhavissatī’’ti ñatvā āgantvā olokento taṃ gambhīre udake appatiṭṭhe kilamantaṃ disvā tena katāparādhaṃ hadaye akatvā sañjātakāruñño ‘‘mā mayi passante varāko nassatu, imamhā taṃ dukkhā mocessāmī’’ti āvāṭatīre ṭhito ‘‘mā bhāyi, mahārāja, ahaṃ taṃ dukkhā mocessāmī’’ti vatvā attano piyaputtaṃ uddharituṃ ussāhaṃ karonto viya tassuddharaṇatthāya silāya yoggaṃ katvā ‘‘vijjhissāmī’’ti āgataṃ rājānaṃ saṭṭhihatthā narakā uddharitvā assāsetvā piṭṭhiṃ āropetvā araññā nīharitvā senāya avidūre otāretvā ovādamassa datvā pañcasu sīlesu patiṭṭhāpesi. Rājā senaṅgaparivuto nagaraṃ gantvā ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya sakalaraṭṭhavāsino pañca sīlāni rakkhantū’’ti dhammabheriṃ carāpesi. Mahāsattena pana attano kataguṇaṃ kassaci akathetvā sāyaṃ nānaggarasabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā alaṅkatasayane sayitvā paccūsakāle mahāsattassa guṇaṃ saritvā uṭṭhāya sayanapiṭṭhe pallaṅkena nisīditvā pītipuṇṇena hadayena udānaṃ udānento ‘‘āsīsetheva puriso’’tiādinā imā cha gāthā abhāsi.
在这里,“不利与有利”指的是苦触和乐触,也包括死触和命触的意思。对众生来说,死触是不利的,命触是有利的。这是在说明,他们意想不到的死触也会降临。所谓“意想不到的也会发生”,意思是:我并没有想过“我会掉进陷阱里”,我想的是“我要杀死那只獐子”。可现在我想的事落空了,没想到的事反倒发生了——他以感兴语的方式这样说。“财富”指的是名声、眷属这些,它们不是单靠思量就能得到的。所以他说,有智慧的人只应该付诸精进,因为对精进的人来说,意想不到的成果也确实会出现。巴利
Tattha ahitā hitā cāti dukkhaphassā sukhaphassā ca, maraṇaphassā, jīvitaphassātipi attho. Sattānañhi maraṇaphasso ahito, jīvitaphasso hito. Tesaṃ acintito maraṇaphasso āgacchatīti dasseti . Acintitampīti mayā ‘‘āvāṭe patissāmī’’ti na cintitaṃ, ‘‘sarabhaṃ māressāmī’’ti cintitaṃ. Idāni pana me cintitaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, acintitameva jātanti udānavasena vadati. Bhogāti yasaparivārā, ete cintāmayā na honti. Tasmā ñāṇavatā vīriyameva kātabbanti vadati. Vīriyavato hi acintitampi hotiyeva.
他刚发出这段感兴语,天就亮了。国师一早就来向国王请安,站在门口,听到他唱感兴语的声音,心里想:“国王昨天去打猎,一定是在那里射中了一只獐子,看来他是因为这件事才发出感兴语的。”这位婆罗门就这样听到了国王吐字清晰的感兴语,国王和獐子之间发生的事,在他心里就像对着擦得锃亮的镜子看自己的脸一样,清清楚楚地显现出来。他用指甲尖敲了敲门。国王问:“是谁?” “陛下,是我,国师。” 国王给他开了门,说:“进来吧,老师。” 他进去后,向国王祝福致意,站在一旁,说:“大王,我知道您在森林里发生的事。您追赶一只獐子,掉进了陷阱。那只獐子用石头弄出落脚的地方,把您从陷阱里拉了上来。您感念它的恩德,所以发出了感兴语。” 说完,他念出了“sarabhaṃ giriduggasmiṃ”等两首偈颂。巴利
Tassetaṃ udānaṃ udānentasseva aruṇaṃ uṭṭhahi. Purohito pātova sukhaseyyapucchanatthaṃ āgantvā dvāre ṭhito tassa udānagītasaddaṃ sutvā cintesi – ‘‘rājā hiyyo migavaṃ agamāsi, tattha sarabhamigaṃ viddho bhavissati, tena maññe udānaṃ udānetī’’ti. Evaṃ brāhmaṇassa rañño paripuṇṇabyañjanaṃ udānaṃ sutvā sumajjite ādāse mukhaṃ olokentassa chāyā viya raññā ca sarabhena ca katakāraṇaṃ pākaṭaṃ ahosi, so nakhaggena dvāraṃ ākoṭesi. Rājā ‘‘ko eso’’ti pucchi. Ahaṃ, deva, purohitoti. Athassa dvāraṃ vivaritvā ‘‘ito ehācariyā’’ti āha. So pavisitvā rājānaṃ jayāpetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhito ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, tayā araññe katakāraṇaṃ jānāmi, tvaṃ ekaṃ sarabhamigaṃ anubandhanto narake patito, atha naṃ so sarabho silāya yoggaṃ katvā narakato uddhari, so tvaṃ tassa guṇaṃ saritvā udānaṃ udānesī’’ti vatvā ‘‘sarabhaṃ giriduggasmi’’ntiādinā dve gāthā abhāsi.
这里,“随逐”就是跟随不舍。“勇猛而行”是指为了救拔而付出的努力。“依他而活”就是你靠他活下来,意思是说,你是仗着他的力量才保住了性命。“救拔”就是做出了营救。“獐子在石上做出通道”是指在像阶梯一样的石头上,弄出一条能从地狱脱身的通道。“心不退缩”是指心里没有畏缩。“你称赞那只鹿”是指你躺在华丽的卧榻上,却称赞那只金色的獐子。国王听了以后心想:“这人并没有跟我一起去打猎,却对事情的全部经过都知道,他究竟是怎么知道的?我要问问他。”于是说出第九首偈颂:“你难道就在那里吗?”这里,“可怖之貌”是说:难道你的智慧生来就那么强大,凭它就能知道这件事?婆罗门为了说明“我并非一切知的佛陀,但不去抹杀字句,您所说的偈颂,其含义却在我心中显现”,而说出第十首偈颂:“我确实不是。”这里,“善说”是指不抹杀字句而善加宣说。“带来其义”是说,它们有什么含义,就带来、思惟那些含义。那时,国师就是法将军。因此说“过去世也……”等。其余部分义理浅显。巴利
Tattha anusarīti anubandhi. Vikkantanti uddharaṇatthāya kataparakkamaṃ. Anujīvasīti upajīvasi, tassānubhāvena tayā jīvitaṃ laddhanti attho. Samuddharīti uddharaṇaṃ akāsi. Silāya yoggaṃ sarabho karitvāti silāya sopānasadisāya narakato uddharaṇayoggataṃ karitvā. Alīnacittanti saṅkocaṃ appattacittaṃ. Ta migaṃ vadesīti suvaṇṇasarabhamigaṃ idha sirisayane nipanno vaṇṇesi. Taṃ sutvā rājā, ‘‘ayaṃ mayā saddhiṃ na migavaṃ āgato, sabbañca pavattiṃ jānāti, kathaṃ nu kho jānāti, pucchissāmi na’’nti cintetvā – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ nu tatthevā’’ti navamagāthamāha . Tattha bhiṃsarūpanti kiṃ nu te ñāṇaṃ balavajātikaṃ, tenetaṃ jānāsīti vadati. Brāhmaṇo ‘‘nāhaṃ sabbaññubuddho, byañjanaṃ amakkhetvā tayā kathitagāthāya pana mayhaṃ attho upaṭṭhātī’’ti dīpento ‘‘na cevaha’’nti dasamagāthamāha . Tattha subhāsitānanti byañjanaṃ amakkhetvā suṭṭhu bhāsitānaṃ. Atthaṃ tadānentīti yo tesaṃ attho, taṃ ānenti upadhārentīti attho. Tadā purohito dhammasenāpati ahosi. Tenevāha – ‘‘atītepī’’tiādi. Sesaṃ uttānatthameva.
关于阿若憍陈如长老的故事巴利
Aññāsikoṇḍaññattheravatthu
在“憍陈如长老”等这些内容里,所谓“依如实功德力”,就是依真实自性的功德力。“久住”应当从出家方面、证悟方面,以及长久、极细致地了知昼夜分际方面来理解。为了说明这个意思,就说了“除了正自觉者”等话。“成为明显”是指达到念与慧的圆满,成为显著、清楚。“憍陈如”是指在声闻弟子中第一个了知四圣谛的憍陈如。“在一切最胜处”是指在一切“最胜”的经典中,或者是指在一切“最胜”的安立中。巴利
Aññāsikoṇḍaññattherādayotiādīsu pana yāthāvasarasaguṇavasenāti yathāsabhāvaguṇavasena. Pabbajjāvasena paṭivedhavasena suciraṃ sunipuṇaṃ rattindivaparicchedajānanavasena ca rattaññutā veditabbāti taṃ dassento ‘‘ṭhapetvā hi sammāsambuddha’’ntiādimāha. Pākaṭova hotīti satipaññāvepullappattiko pākaṭo vibhūto hoti. Aññāsikoṇḍaññoti sāvakesu sabbapaṭhamaṃ cattāri ariyasaccāni ñātakoṇḍañño. Sabbesupi etadaggesūti sabbesupi etadaggasuttesu, sabbesu vā etadaggaṭṭhapanesu.
“担叶”是指诸叶中最殊胜的外层叶子。“九十肘”是指按中等身材人的手肘来量,有九十肘那么长。“莲花上”:他用莲花越过、跨过每一个地方,所以叫莲花上,也就是世尊。“以香鬘、花鬘等”:“等”这个字把叶鬘之类也包括进来了。其中,用香做成的花环叫香鬘;用丁香、迦拘罗、素馨花等做成的花环叫花鬘;用柰树叶等做成的花环叫叶鬘。“盎伽布”是指在盎伽国出产的坚厚细软的布。“最上细软衣”说的是迦尸衣。巴利
Dhurapattānīti pattānaṃ pamukhabhūtāni bāhirapattāni. Navutihatthānīti majjhimapurisassa hatthena navutiratanāni. Padumeneva taṃ taṃ padesaṃ uttarati atikkamatīti padumuttaro, bhagavā. Gandhadāmamālādāmādīhīti ādisaddena pattadāmādiṃ saṅgaṇhāti. Tattha gandhadāmehi katamālā gandhadāmaṃ. Lavaṅgatakkolajātipupphādīhi katamālā mālādāmaṃ. Tamālapattādīhi katamālā pattadāmaṃ. Vaṅgapaṭṭeti vaṅgadese uppannaghanasukhumavatthe. Uttamasukhumavatthanti kāsikavatthamāha.
在《三转法轮经》的结尾处,这里用三种方式来说明四圣谛:一是从真理本身的角度,说“这是苦圣谛”等;二是从应当完成的任务角度,说“苦圣谛应当被遍知”等;三是从已经完成的角度,说“苦圣谛已被遍知”等。因为以这三种方式转动、宣说了四圣谛,所以这部经有三个转动,就叫“三转”。正因为有三个转动,才叫“三转”,而这三个转动就是法轮的转动,所以叫“三转法轮”。这部经就是《三转法轮经》,这里说的是它的结尾处。巴利
Teparivaṭṭadhammacakkappavattanasuttantapariyosāneti ettha ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasacca’’ntiādinā saccavasena, ‘‘dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññeyya’’ntiādinā kiccavasena, ‘‘dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ pariññāta’’ntiādinā katavasena ca tīhi ākārehi parivaṭṭetvā catunnaṃ saccānaṃ desitattā tayo parivaṭṭā etassa atthīti tiparivaṭṭaṃ, tiparivaṭṭameva teparivaṭṭaṃ, teparivaṭṭañca taṃ dhammacakkappavattanañcāti teparivaṭṭadhammacakkappavattanaṃ, tadeva suttantaṃ, tassa pariyosāneti attho.
破开稻谷的谷粒取出来,意思是破开稻谷的谷粒,取出里面能得到的新米乳汁。相称的,是指我们煮出与诸佛相配的乳糜。髻初,是指按男子身份把头发编成发髻的时候,称为髻初。打谷场初,是在谷束放到打谷场上堆起来的当天,称为打谷场初。谷场物初,是稻谷被脱粒、堆成谷堆的当天,称为谷场物初。仓初,确实是把粮食放进仓库的当天,称为仓初。巴利
Sāligabbhaṃ phāletvā ādāyāti sāligabbhaṃ phāletvā tattha labbhamānaṃ sālikhīrarasaṃ ādāya. Anucchavikanti buddhānaṃ anucchavikaṃ khīrapāyasaṃ pacāpema. Veṇiyo purisabhāvavasena bandhitvā kalāpakaraṇe kalāpaggaṃ. Khale kalāpānaṃ ṭhapanadivase khalaggaṃ. Madditvā vīhīnaṃ rāsikaraṇadivase khalabhaṇḍaggaṃ. Koṭṭhesu hi dhaññassa pakkhipanadivase koṭṭhaggaṃ.
“两种趣向”就是指两种成就,也就是两种结局。当那位童子证得一切知时,是站在憍陈如青年自己的见解上,其余六人也这样教导自己的儿子们。在菩提树下那个朝东的不动处所,名叫“金刚座”。因为那是个承载大身的广大座处,所以不说“面朝东”,而说“面向东方世界”。世尊的肉眼也是没有障碍、境界广大的。“具足四支”是指经中说的“纵然只剩下皮、筋、骨……”那样的四支具足。巴利
Dve gatiyoti dve eva nipphattiyo, dve niṭṭhāti attho. Tasmiṃ kumāre sabbaññutaṃ patteti koṇḍaññamāṇavasseva laddhiyaṃ ṭhatvā itarepi cha janā putte anusāsiṃsu. Bodhirukkhamūle pācīnapassaṃ acalaṭṭhānaṃ nāma, yaṃ ‘‘vajirāsana’’ntipi vuccati. Mahataṃ mahatiyo vahatīti ‘‘pācīnamukho’’ti avatvā ‘‘pācīnalokadhātuabhimukho’’ti vuttaṃ. Maṃsacakkhupi lokanāthassa appaṭighātaṃ mahāvisayañcāti. Caturaṅgasamannāgatanti ‘‘kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca, aṭṭhi ca avasissatū’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 2.184; saṃ. ni. 2.22, 237; a. ni. 2.5; mahāni. 196) vuttacaturaṅgasamannāgataṃ.
不过,这一切都只是从“我应当先为谁说法”这样的念头开始生起的全部想法而已,因为那时还仅仅停留在思量阶段,还没有真正达成那样的利益。令花开果熟:就是以六神通和无碍解让一切花完全盛开,又以道与果让它彻底承载果实的重量,这样就是令花开果熟。想要离去:是看到两位上首弟子对自己恭敬承事之后,心中高度认为他们的功德更加殊胜,于是想要从诸佛身边离去。就在那里:就是就在六牙湖的岸边。巴利
Idaṃ pana sabbamevāti ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ desessāmī’’tiādinayappavattaṃ (ma. ni. 1.284; 2.341; mahāva. 10) sabbameva. Parivitakkamattameva tathā atthasiddhiyā abhāvato. Pupphitaphalitaṃ katvāti abhiññāpaṭisambhidāhi sabbapāliphullaṃ, maggaphalehi sabbaso phalabhārabharitañca karonto pupphitaṃ phalitaṃ katvā. Apakkamitukāmo hutvāti dvepi aggasāvake attano nipaccakāraṃ karonte disvā tesaṃ guṇātirekataṃ bahu maññanto buddhānaṃ santikā apakkamitukāmo hutvā. Tatthevāti chaddantadahatīreyeva.
舍利弗长老与目犍连长老的故事巴利
Sāriputta-moggallānattheravatthu
189-190 在第二和第三项中,“具神通者”这里,“manta”这个词是表示“最胜”的意思。为了显示长老极为殊胜的神通,所以说“具足神通的人”。“与尘土一起玩耍”就是一起玩泥土的人。“只有此世的自身”就是指现世中的自身。“以十六种慧彻证而住”:在中部《不断经》的教导中这样说——“比丘们,舍利弗是大慧者;比丘们,舍利弗是广慧者;比丘们,舍利弗是喜慧者;比丘们,舍利弗是速慧者;比丘们,舍利弗是利慧者;比丘们,舍利弗是决择慧者”——如此所说的六种大慧等,以及同一部经中说的九次第住的等至之慧,还有阿罗汉道慧,这十六种慧,他已经彻证、亲自证得而安住。巴利
189-190. Dutiyatatiyesu iddhimantānanti ettha manta-saddo atisayatthavisayoti therassa atisayikaiddhitaṃ dassetuṃ – ‘‘iddhiyā sampannāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Saha paṃsūhi kīḷiṃsūti sahapaṃsukīḷitā. Idhalokattabhāvamevāti diṭṭhadhammikaattabhāvameva. Soḷasa paññā paṭivijjhitvā ṭhitoti majjhimanikāye anupadasuttantadesanāya ‘‘mahāpañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, puthupañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, hāsapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, javanapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, tikkhapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto, nibbedhikapañño, bhikkhave, sāriputto’’ti (ma. ni. 3.93) evamāgatā mahāpaññādikā cha, tasmiṃyeva sutte āgatā navānupubbavihārasamāpattipaññā, arahattamaggapaññāti imā soḷasavidhā paññā paṭivijjhitvā sacchikatvā ṭhito.
经问答而讨论,就是通过提问和回答的方式来进行讨论。“为有需要的人所了知的道路”这句话,是用来解释紧随其后的原因的。这里说的是:我何不紧紧跟随在这位比丘后面呢?为什么呢?因为这种紧紧跟随,就叫作“为有需要的人所了知的道路”,意思是已经了知并且已经走上这条路了。或者另一种理解:我们这些有需要的人,认为死亡存在时,也应当有不死存在,就这样仅仅因为“存在”而被了知;通过推理的智慧到达、了知涅槃,涅槃是存在的,他们正在寻找、追求那条道路——这里应当这样理解其含义。巴利
Pañhasākacchanti pañhassa pucchanavasena vissajjanavasena ca sākacchaṃ karoti. Atthikehi upaññātaṃ magganti etaṃ anubandhanassa kāraṇavacanaṃ. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti – yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ bhikkhuṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandheyyaṃ. Kasmā? Yasmā idaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanaṃ nāma atthikehi upaññātaṃ maggaṃ, ñāto ceva upagato ca maggoti attho. Atha vā atthikehi amhehi maraṇe sati amatenapi bhavitabbanti evaṃ kevalaṃ atthīti upaññātaṃ, anumānañāṇena upagantvā ñātaṃ nibbānaṃ nāma atthi, taṃ magganto pariyesantoti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo.
“他们的众”是指两位上首弟子的随从众。“两位上首弟子”是指舍利弗和目犍连这两位具大神力的弟子。“于位上”是指安立在被称为“上首弟子位”的位上。那么,为什么这里不说“上首弟子”而说“大弟子”呢?虽然其他大长老依靠神通等殊胜功德,也有资格被称为“大弟子”,但为了表明只有这两位在弟子中具有那种不共的、特别应被称为“大弟子”的资格,所以才说“两位大弟子”。巴利
Nesaṃ parisāyāti dvinnaṃ aggasāvakānaṃ parivārabhūtaparisāya. Dve aggasāvaketi sāriputtamoggallāne dve mahānubhāve sāvake. Ṭhānantareti aggasāvakattasaññite ṭhānantare ṭhapesi. Kasmā panettha ‘‘aggasāvake’’ti avatvā ‘‘mahāsāvake’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi aññepi mahātherā abhiññātādiguṇavisesayogena ‘‘mahāsāvakā’’ti vattabbataṃ labhanti, imeyeva pana sāvakesu anaññasādhāraṇabhūtā visesato ‘‘mahāsāvakā’’ti vattabbāti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘dvepi mahāsāvake’’ti vuttaṃ.
大迦叶长老的故事巴利
Mahākassapattheravatthu
191 在第四项里,因为头陀论、头陀法、头陀支都以头陀为根本,所以开始说“应知为头陀”。其中,抖落烦恼的人就是头陀,也就是已抖落烦恼的人;或者能抖落烦恼的法也叫头陀,而这抖落烦恼的法,应当理解为连同之前阶段的圣道。他说那名为头陀的、抖落烦恼的法,并让别人安立在其中,所以叫头陀论者。这里存在四种情况,为了说明这一点,才开始说“然而在此……”等话。“Tayidaṃ”是虚词,意思是“那个属于他的这个”,也就是“此即彼”。属于那位头陀的、具有头陀性质的法,就是头陀法。少欲、知足等,前面已经说过。能正确刮除、削去烦恼,所以叫严苛,指厌离烦恼的人,他的状态就是严苛性。从两种欲中远离,所以叫远离,指多修如理作意的人,他的状态就是远离性。仅以维持身体存在为目的,所以叫此存,把t音变成ṭ音后,它的状态就是此存性;或者,依靠这些善法而有此存——也就是以那种智,按照“出家者确实应当安住于粪扫衣等支”的教导,既能受持又能守护头陀功德,那种智就是此存性。因此说:“此存性正是智。”所谓头陀法,是指这样的法:它们随顺于那被称为头陀的、以抖落烦恼的方式运作的头陀支思,是资助它的法,所以叫头陀法。它们随入其中,就是包含于彼、属于彼,因为两者都是运作的特殊状态。所谓在应遮止的诸事中,就是在修习头陀支时应遮止、应舍弃的诸事中。巴利
191. Catutthe yasmā dhutavādadhutadhammadhutaṅgāni dhutamūlakāni, tasmā ‘‘dhuto veditabbo’’ti āraddhaṃ, tattha kilese dhuni dhutavāti dhuto, dhutakileso puggalo, kilesadhunano vā dhammo, kilesadhunano dhammoti ca sapubbabhāgo ariyamaggo daṭṭhabbo. Taṃ dhutasaññitaṃ kilesadhunanadhammaṃ vadati, pare tattha patiṭṭhāpetīti dhutavādo. Catukkañcettha sambhavatīti taṃ dassetuṃ – ‘‘ettha panā’’tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tayidanti nipāto, tassa so ayanti attho. Dhutabhūtassa dhutabhūtā dhammā dhutadhammā. Appicchatā santuṭṭhitā heṭṭhā vuttā eva . Kilese sammā likhati tacchatīti sallekho, kilesajegucchī, tassa bhāvo sallekhatā. Dvīhipi kāmehi viviccatīti paviveko, yonisomanasikārabahulo puggalo, tassa bhāvo pavivekatā. Iminā sarīraṭṭhapanamattena atthīti idamaṭṭhi ttha-kārassa ṭṭha-kāraṃ katvā, tassa bhāvo idamaṭṭhitā, imehi vā kusaladhammehi atthi idamaṭṭhi, yena ñāṇena ‘‘pabbajitena nāma paṃsukūlikaṅgādīsu patiṭṭhitena bhavitabba’’nti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ dhutaguṇe samādiyati ceva pariharati ca, taṃ ñāṇaṃ idamaṭṭhitā. Tenāha – ‘‘idamaṭṭhitā ñāṇamevā’’ti. Dhutadhammā nāmāti dhutaṅgasevanāya paṭipakkhabhūtānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ dhunanavasena pavattiyā dhutoti laddhanāmāya dhutaṅgacetanāya upakārakā dhammāti katvā dhutadhammā nāma . Anupatantīti tadantogadhā tappariyāpannā honti tadubhayasseva pavattivisesabhāvato. Paṭikkhepavatthūsūti dhutaṅgasevanāya paṭikkhipitabbavatthūsu pahātabbavatthūsu.
粪扫衣支……乃至……常坐不卧支,这些也用省略的方式来列举说明。这里应当说明的内容,在《清净道论》(Visuddhi. 1.22 等)中已经详细讲过了。仅仅举出“头陀论者”这个称呼,就已经包含了这位长老具有头陀功德这一点,所以说“于头陀论者……”。这位长老之所以称为“大”,既因为他最初发愿等的志向广大,也因为他护持教法的贡献广大,或者纯粹是因为他功德广大而对他加以称赞,就像称“大目犍连”一样,这位长老就是“大迦叶”。巴利
Paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ…pe… nesajjikaṅganti uddesopi peyyālanayena dassito. Yadettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ visuddhimagge (visuddhi. 1.22 ādayo) vitthārato vuttaṃ. Dhutavādaggahaṇeneva therassa dhutabhāvopi gahito hotīti ‘‘dhutavādāna’’nteva vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ mahāti abhinīhārādimahantatāyapi sāsanassa upakāritāyapi ayaṃ thero mahā, guṇamahantatāya pasaṃsāvacanameva vā etaṃ therassa yadidaṃ mahākassapoti yathā ‘‘mahāmoggallāno’’ti.
由于他对导师依三种事由而说法生起了净信,又安住在近事男的身份上,所以说了“受持布萨支……”等话。应当这样连接:对于这个最殊胜的地位。“诚信之行”是指能带来诚实状态的行为,或者从不说虚妄欺骗的角度来说,是指能达成那个目的的行为,这就是其含义。“喧哗”是指好奇的骚动。导师每逢第七年说法时,会观察适合众生听法的时间,白天在傍晚时分说法,夜里则讲一整夜。因此说:“婆罗门对婆罗门说:‘贤者,你夜里听法,还是白天听法呢?’”“可信”是指值得信赖的状态。也有版本写作“从那时起,他……”。巴利
Satthu dhammadesanāya vatthuttaye sañjātappasādatāya upāsakabhāve ṭhitattā vuttaṃ – ‘‘uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāyā’’tiādi. Etassa aggabhāvassāti yojetabbaṃ. Saccakāroti saccabhāvāvaho kāro, avisaṃvādanavasena vā tadatthasādhanoti attho. Kolāhalanti kutūhalavipphāro. Satthā sattame sattame saṃvacchare dhammaṃ kathento sattānaṃ savanayoggaṃ kālaṃ sallakkhento divā sāyanhasamayaṃ katheti, rattiyaṃ sakalayāmaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇe āha – ‘bhoti kiṃ rattiṃ dhammaṃ suṇissasi divā’’’ti. Vissāsikoti vissāsikabhāvo. ‘‘Tato paṭṭhāya so’’ti vā pāṭho.
“圆满二阿僧祇劫的波罗蜜”这句话,他是依据世代传承所听到的含义,才这样说的。“未异熟的果报”,是指果报还没有成熟。“在善妙之时”,是指在适当的时候。“星宿”,是指以星宿为标志的节庆。因为在每一个星宿出现时应当庆祝的节日,就叫做星宿;其他的则叫做节庆。“能导出”,是因为它能把人从彻底堕落的痛苦中解救出来,由此带来出离,并且能让人获得所希望的目标,所以叫能导出。“那些”,是指那些金莲花。“垂饰”,是指用黄金和珍宝装饰的宝珠花鬘。“依福的规律”,是指由福德之力所成就的规律。那位梵天已经为他创造了机会,让他能赐予波罗奈的王位。“华丽车”,是指吉祥车。据说白伞、顶冠、拂尘、宝剑、宝履这五种是王权的标志,但这里把白伞单独列出,而把狮子座作为第五种。“披衣的边缘”,是指所披衣服的布边。他被能施予天衣的福德之力所驱使,于是说:“孩子,那件难道不粗糙吗?”“啊,苦行者!”意思是:“唉,我这个国王可真可怜啊!”“信受诸佛之后”,是指信受诸佛的教法之后。“百经行处”中,“iti”这个词是“等等”的意思。因此,它包含了火堂等适合出家人的其他处所。巴利
Dveasaṅkhyeyyāni pūritapāramissāti idaṃ sā paramparāya sotapatitaṃ atthaṃ gahetvā āha. Adinnavipākassāti avipakkavipākassa. Bhaddake kāleti yutte kāle. Nakkhattanti nakkhattena lakkhitaṃ chaṇaṃ. Tasmiṃ tasmiñhi nakkhatte anubhavitabbachaṇāni nakkhattāni nāma, itarāni pana chaṇāni nāma. Sammāpatitadukkhato vimocanena tato niyyānāvahatāya icchitatthassa labhāpanato ca niyyānikaṃ. Tesanti suvaṇṇapadumānaṃ. Olambakāti suvaṇṇaratanavicittā ratanadāmā. Puññaniyāmenāti puññānubhāvasiddhena niyāmena. Svassa bārāṇasirajjaṃ dātuṃ katokāso. Phussarathanti maṅgalarathaṃ. Setacchattauṇhīsavālabījanikhaggamaṇipādukāni pañcavidhaṃ rājakakudhabhaṇḍanti vadanti. Idha pana setacchattaṃ visuṃ gahitanti sīhāsanaṃ pañcamaṃ katvā vadanti. Pārupanakaṇṇanti pārupanavatthassa dasantaṃ. Dibbavatthadāyipuññānubhāvacodito ‘‘nanu tātā thūla’’nti āha. Aho tapassīti aho kapaṇo ahaṃ rājāti attho. Buddhānaṃ saddahitvāti buddhānaṃ sāsanaṃ saddahitvā. Caṅkamanasatānīti iti-saddo ādyattho. Tena hi aggisālādīni pabbajitasāruppāni ṭhānāni saṅgaṇhāti.
“善游戏”说的是应当对诸圣者般涅槃之处所作的供养。“没有放逸,没有病,圣者们”是显示问候的方式。“已经般涅槃了,天女!”是王后给出的回答。“准备好之后”就是交出去之后。“沙门出家”是指诸恶已平息的那些圣者所应实践的出家。那位国王因为见过独觉佛的威仪,心想“这才是好的”,就采取了同样那样的形相。“就在那里”指就在梵天界。“在第二十年到来时”要接起来理解。因为他从梵天界死后投生到这里,而且梵行的重任长久以来已经成就,所以他说:“不要这样说这样的话。”有人说“二十陀罗那尼出去”,另一些人说“五巴拉出去”。“如是之相”指女宝出生之处。“圣者之女”指我们圣者的女儿,意思是跋陀跋陀·迦毗罗。“等同之文”指相似之文、相似之字,即王子与少女相应的文书。那些男子从聚会之处出发,前往摩揭陀国的摩诃提婆村和摩达国的沙伽罗城,互相遣散,所以说“从这里和从那里派去”。巴利
Sādhukīḷitanti ariyānaṃ parinibbutaṭṭhāne kātabbasakkāraṃ vadati. Nappamajji, nirogā ayyāti pucchitākāradassanaṃ. Parinibbutā devāti devī paṭivacanaṃ adāsi. Paṭiyādetvāti niyyātetvā. Samaṇakapabbajjanti samitapāpehi ariyehi anuṭṭhātabbapabbajjaṃ. So hi rājā paccekabuddhānaṃ vesassa diṭṭhattā ‘‘idameva bhaddaka’’nti tādisaṃyeva liṅgaṃ gaṇhi. Tatthevāti brahmaloke eva. Vīsatime vasse sampatteti āharitvā sambandho. Brahmalokato cavitvā nibbattattā, brahmacariyādhikārassa ca cirakālasambhūtattā ‘‘evarūpaṃ kathaṃ mā kathethā’’ti āha. Vīsati dharaṇāni nikkhanti vadanti, pañcapalaṃ nikkhanti apare. Itthākaroti itthiratanassa uppattiṭṭhānaṃ. Ayyadhītāti amhākaṃ ayyassa dhītā, bhaddakāpilānīti attho. Samānapaṇṇanti sadisapaṇṇaṃ sadisalekhaṃ kumārassa kumārikāya ca yuttaṃ paṇṇalekhaṃ. Te purisā samāgataṭṭhānato magadharaṭṭhe mahātitthagāmaṃ maddaraṭṭhe sāgalanagarañca uddissa apakkamantā aññamaññaṃ vissajjantā nāma hontīti ‘‘ito ca etto ca pesesu’’nti vuttā.
花鬘是指有象鼻那么大的花环。那些是指两人各自编好的两串花鬘。他们是指跋达和毕钵离王子这两位。以世间染着是指以欲乐的滋味。不交杂是指不相混杂,因为他们的心被如瓶中燃烧之灯般在意乐中闪耀的解脱种子所振奋。犹如机械连接是指为了完成农作,在各处按照门闩装置而设置的出水槽。耕处是指从事耕作的地方。奴村是指奴隶们居住的村庄。投入已就是放进去之后。依威仪及行为是指根据姿态和行为。不相称是指与出家之身不相符合。于其顶是指在道路分岔成两股的岔口处。要对他们作摄受是合适的,因此坐下,这是关联。然而,为了显示在那里世尊的坐姿是这样的,说了“然而,坐下时”等。其中,诸佛在不可限量时间中积聚的、不可思议不可衡量的福德资粮所生起的、色身威光为佛的功德所光辉的、以三十二大丈夫相和八十随形好而光耀的、以一寻光焰之鬘庄严的、由自性成就故非人为造作的色身之美,那正是为了增长大迦叶前所未有的净信,世尊没有隐藏它而坐下,所以说“取佛之威仪……坐”。遍满八十肘之处,因为持续遍满,所以说八十肘。多枝是指有很多树枝、无数树枝。颜色如黄金,因为被佛光从四面八方无间隔地遍满。巴利
Pupphadāmanti hatthihatthappamāṇaṃ pupphadāmaṃ. Tānīti tāni ubhohi ganthāpitāni dve pupphadāmāni. Teti ubho bhaddā ceva pippalikumāro ca . Lokāmisenāti kāmassādena. Asaṃsaṭṭhāti na saṃyuttā ghaṭe jalantena viya padīpena ajjhāsaye samujjalantena vimokkhabījena samussāhitacittattā. Yantabaddhānīti sassasampādanatthaṃ tattha tattha dvārakavāṭayojanavasena baddhāni nikkhamanatumbāni. Kammantoti kasikammakaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. Dāsikagāmāti dāsānaṃ vasanagāmā. Osāretvāti pakkhipitvā. Ākappakuttavasenāti ākāravasena kiriyāvasena. Ananucchavikanti pabbajitabhāvassa ananurūpaṃ. Tassa matthaketi dvedhāpathassa dvidhābhūtaṭṭhāne. Etesaṃ saṅgahaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭatīti nisīdatīti sambandho. Sā pana tattha satthu nisajjā edisīti dassetuṃ – ‘‘nisīdanto panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha yā buddhānaṃ aparimitakālasambhūtācinteyyāpariññeyyapuññasambhārūpacayanibbattā rūpappabhāvabuddhaguṇavijjotitā dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇaasītianubyañjanasamujjalitā byāmappabhāketumālālaṅkatā sabhāvasiddhitāya akittimā rūpakāyasirī, taṃyeva mahākassapassa adiṭṭhapubbappasādasaṃvaddhanatthaṃ aniggūhitvā nisinno bhagavā ‘‘buddhavesaṃ gahetvā…pe… nisīdī’’ti vutto. Asītihatthappadesaṃ byāpetvā pavattiyā asītihatthāti vuttā. Satasākhoti bahusākho anekasākho. Suvaṇṇavaṇṇova ahosi nirantaraṃ buddharasmīhi samantato samokiṇṇabhāvato.
“在三处”是指在远处、不太远的地方和近处这三个地方。“以三种教诫”就是以下面这三种教诫:“因此,迦叶,你应当这样学:‘对长老、新学和中年的比丘们,我的强烈的惭与愧将现前安住。’迦叶,你应当这样学。因此,迦叶,你应当这样学:‘无论我听到什么与善相应的法,我都要把它当作核心,用心作意,全心投入,侧耳倾听来听法。’迦叶,你应当这样学。因此,迦叶,你应当这样学:‘与乐俱行的身至念不会从我这里消失。’迦叶,你应当这样学。”(《相应部》2.154)就是以这三种教诫。在这里,世尊说第一种教诫,是为了断除长老因为出身婆罗门种姓而生的族姓骄慢;第二种,是为了断除依靠多闻而生的我慢;第三种,是为了断除凭借资具圆满而生的自我贪爱。“你的这件确实是柔软的”,意思是你的这件袈裟确实很柔软。世尊为什么这样说呢?因为他想和长老交换袈裟。为什么想交换呢?因为他想把长老安置在自己的位置上。难道没有舍利弗和目犍连吗?有。然而他心里这样想:“这两位将不会久住,而迦叶的寿命有一百二十岁,他将在我般涅槃后,住在七叶窟,结集法与律,使我的教法延续五千年之久。”所以把他安置在自己的位置上。这样比丘们就会认为应该亲近承事迦叶。因此他这样说。巴利
Tīsu ṭhānesūti dūrato nātidūre āsanneti tīsu ṭhānesu. Tīhi ovādehīti ‘‘tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘tibbaṃ me hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ bhavissati theresu navesu majjhimesū’ti. Evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabbaṃ. Tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘yaṃ kiñci dhammaṃ suṇissāmi kusalūpasaṃhitaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ aṭṭhiṃ katvā manasi karitvā sabbaṃ cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasoto dhammaṃ suṇissāmī’ti, evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabbaṃ. Tasmātiha te, kassapa, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ ‘sātasahagatā ca me kāyagatāsati na vijahissatī’ti, evañhi te, kassapa, sikkhitabba’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.154) imehi tīhi ovādehi. Ettha hi bhagavā paṭhamaṃ ovādaṃ therassa brāhmaṇajātikattā jātimānappahānatthamabhāsi, dutiyaṃ bāhusaccaṃ nissāya uppajjanakaahaṃkārappahānatthaṃ, tatiyaṃ upadhisampattiṃ nissāya uppajjanakaattasinehappahānatthaṃ . Mudukā kho tyāyanti mudukā kho te ayaṃ. Kasmā pana bhagavā evamāha? Therena saha cīvaraṃ parivattetukāmatāya. Kasmā parivattetukāmo jātoti? Theraṃ attano ṭhāne ṭhapetukāmatāya. Kiṃ sāriputtamoggallānā natthīti? Atthi, evaṃ panassa ahosi ‘‘imena ciraṃ ṭhassanti, kassapo pana vīsativassasatāyuko, so mayi parinibbute sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ vasitvā dhammavinayasaṅgahaṃ katvā mama sāsanaṃ pañcavassasahassaparimāṇakālappavattanakaṃ karissatīti attano ṭhāne ṭhapesi. Evaṃ bhikkhū kassapassa sussūsitabbaṃ maññissantī’’ti. Tasmā evamāha.
“如月”是指像月亮一样。是因为它形状圆满吗?不是。而是说,就像月亮运行在天空中时,不和任何人建立亲密关系、贪恋或执著,可它仍然被大众所喜爱、所喜欢;同样,这位比丘也因为不和任何人建立亲密关系等,而成为被大众所喜爱、所喜欢的“如月”之人,然后前往刹帝利家等四种姓之家。这就是这段话的意思。“身抽离,心抽离”是指:正是由于不建立亲密关系等,把身体和心都抽开、移走。这就是它的意思。“常新”是指永远保持新鲜,恒常保持如初来者的状态,如同客人。所谓客人,就是依次来到人家,如果主人看见他,心生怜悯,想“我们的子弟兄弟远行在外,也是这样游历”,便请他坐下,供养他食物;他吃完后,只说“拿你们的钵吧”,就起身离去,不和他们建立亲密关系,也不为他们料理事务。同样,这位比丘依次进入人家,人们对他的威仪心生欢喜而布施,他接受之后,便断绝亲密关系,不参与他们的应办事务,然后离去。这段话就是在说明这一点。巴利
Candūpamoti candasadiso hutvā. Kiṃ parimaṇḍalatāya? No, apica kho yathā cando gaganatalaṃ pakkhandamāno na kenaci saddhiṃ santhavaṃ vā sinehaṃ vā ālayaṃ vā karoti, na ca na hoti mahājanassa piyo manāpo, ayampi evaṃ kenaci saddhiṃ santhavādīnaṃ akaraṇena bahujanassa piyo manāpo candūpamo hutvā khattiyakulādīni cattāri kulāni upasaṅkamatīti attho. Apakasseva kāyaṃ apakassa cittanti teneva santhavādīnaṃ akaraṇena kāyañca cittañca apakaḍḍhitvā, apanetvāti attho. Niccaṃ navoti niccanavakova, āgantukasadiso hutvāti attho. Āgantuko hi paṭipāṭiyā sampattagehaṃ pavisitvā sace naṃ gharasāmikā disvā ‘‘amhākampi puttabhātaro vippavāsaṃ gantvā evaṃ vicariṃsū’’ti anukampamānā nisīdāpetvā bhojenti, bhuttamattoyeva ‘‘tumhākaṃ bhājanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti uṭṭhāya pakkamati, na tehi saddhiṃ santhavaṃ vā karoti, kiccakaraṇīyāni vā saṃvidahati, evamayampi paṭipāṭiyā sampattaṃ gharaṃ pavisitvā yaṃ iriyāpathe pasannā manussā denti, taṃ gahetvā chinnasanthavo tesaṃ kiccakaraṇīye abyāvaṭo hutvā nikkhamatīti dīpeti.
“不傲慢”就是说不傲慢,意思是远离了八种身傲慢、四种语傲慢和多种意傲慢。所谓八种身傲慢,就是在僧团中、在群体中、在个人面前、在食堂、在浴室、在洗澡的码头、在乞食的路上,以及进入俗人家中时,用身体做出不恰当的行为。所谓四种语傲慢,就是在僧团中、在群体中、在个人面前和在俗人家中,说出不恰当的话。所谓多种意傲慢,就是在这些场合中,即使没有通过身体和言语犯过失,心里却想着欲寻等念头。因为完全没有了这些傲慢,所以成为不傲慢的人,然后去接近各家。另外,结合《迦叶相应》,为了说明月光道长老在头陀功德中最为第一这一点,所以说“以这迦叶相应的第八事由为因缘而说”。巴利
Appagabbhoti nappagabbho, aṭṭhaṭṭhānena kāyapāgabbhiyena, catuṭṭhānena vacīpāgabbhiyena, anekaṭṭhānena manopāgabbhiyena ca virahitoti attho. Aṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ kāyapāgabbhiyaṃ nāma saṅghagaṇapuggalabhojanasālajantāgharanahānatitthabhikkhācāramaggesu antaragharapavesane ca kāyena appatirūpakaraṇaṃ. Catuṭṭhānaṃ vacīpāgabbhiyaṃ nāma saṅghagaṇapuggalaantaragharesu appatirūpavācānicchāraṇaṃ. Anekaṭṭhānaṃ manopāgabbhiyaṃ nāma tesu tesu ṭhānesu kāyavācāhi ajjhācāraṃ anāpajjitvāpi manasā kāmavitakkādīnaṃ vitakkanaṃ. Sabbesampi imesaṃ pāgabbhiyānaṃ abhāvena appagabbho hutvā kulāni upasaṅkamatīti attho. Kassapasaṃyuttena ca candūpamappaṭipadāditherassa dhutavādesu aggabhāvassa bodhitattā vuttaṃ ‘‘etadeva kassapasaṃyuttaṃ aṭṭhuppattiṃ katvā’’ti.
阿那律长老的故事巴利
Anuruddhattheravatthu
192 192. 第五种中,“唯以食物为事”,是指在行乞的村落里,为了托钵而行走、称为受用食物的这种唯以食物为事。“灯树”,是指铜制、象牙制、木制的大灯树。即使那些铜制的灯架,按习惯也称为灯树,应当这样理解。其余的灯则有垂挂灯、圆盘灯、游行灯等。巴利
192. Pañcame bhojanapapañcamattanti gocaragāme piṇḍāya caraṇāhāraparibhogasaññitaṃ bhojanapapañcamattaṃ. Dīparukkhānanti lohadantakaṭṭhamayānaṃ mahantānaṃ dīparukkhānaṃ. Lohamayesupi hi tesu dīpādhāresu dīparukkhakāti ruḷhiresā daṭṭhabbā. Olambakadīpamaṇḍaladīpasañcaraṇadīpādikā sesadīpā.
他绕行,是以右绕的方式行走。“我以此”——意思是“凡是你需要的,我就用这个来供养你,因此你拿去享用吧。”饭食直接在他的金钵里出现,是天神的威力让它出现的,没有任何煮饭的过程。他思惟了七种大人之思惟,就是思惟了“这法是少欲之人的法,不是多欲之人的法”等七种大人之思惟。第八种,就是“这法是远离戏论之人的法,不是戏论之人的法”这一大人之思惟。巴利
Anupariyāyi padakkhiṇakaraṇavasena. Ahaṃ tenāti yena tuyhaṃ attho, ahaṃ tena pavāremi, tasmā taṃ āharāpetvā gaṇhāti attho. Suvaṇṇapātiyaṃyevassa bhattaṃ uppajjīti devatānubhāvena uppajji, na kiñci pacanakiccaṃ atthi. Satta mahāpurisavitakke vitakkesīti ‘‘appicchassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassā’’tiādike satta mahāpurisavitakke vitakkesi. Aṭṭhameti ‘‘nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassā’’ti etasmiṃ purisavitakke.
了知我的意图后,就是知道了我的这个想法:法是给少欲的人的,不是给多欲的人的等等,这是以大人之思惟的方式生起的,但因为还没有能力把它推到顶点、让它达到究竟,所以停在了那里。以意所成身,意思是像由心所造出来的一样,由心变化出来的,也就是变化而成的身。以神通,指的是这样的决意神通:愿这个身体变得像这个心一样。巴利
Mama saṅkappamaññāyāti ‘‘appicchassāyaṃ dhammo, nāyaṃ dhammo mahicchassā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 3.358; a. ni. 8.30) mahāpurisavitakkavasena āraddhamattaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetuṃ asamatthabhāvena ṭhitaṃ mama saṅkappaṃ jānitvā. Manomayenāti manomayena viya manasā nimmitasadisena, pariṇāmitenāti attho. Iddhiyāti ‘‘ayaṃ kāyo idaṃ cittaṃ viya hotū’’ti evaṃ pavattāya adhiṭṭhāniddhiyā.
当我生起这个念头时,也就是在那个时候,我心里生起了这样的想法:“这第八种大人之思惟,到底是什么样的呢?”当我生起这个念头时,世尊知道了我的念头,就以神通力来到我面前,进一步为我开示。这里的“进一步开示”,是指完整地宣说了这第八种大人之思惟:“这个法属于远离戏论、乐于远离戏论的人,不属于喜好戏论、贪着戏论的人。”为了显示所开示的法,接着说道:“佛陀乐于无戏论,开示了无戏论之法。”所谓戏论,就是贪等烦恼;因为烦恼止息、不再存在,所以出世间法称为无戏论。世尊如实证得此法,也便如此开示此法,意思是:他开示了以自证而称叹的四圣谛教说。巴利
Yadā me ahu saṅkappoti yasmiṃ kāle mayhaṃ ‘‘kīdiso nu kho aṭṭhamo mahāpurisavitakko’’ti parivitakko ahosi, yadā me ahu saṅkappo, tato mama saṅkappamaññāya iddhiyā upasaṅkami, uttari desayīti yojanā. Uttari desayīti ‘‘nippapañcārāmassāyaṃ dhammo nippapañcaratino , nāyaṃ dhammo papañcārāmassa papañcaratino’’ti (dī. ni. 3.358; a. ni. 8.30) imaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ mahāpurisavitakkaṃ pūrento upari desayi. Taṃ pana desitaṃ dassento āha – ‘‘nippapañcarato buddho, nippapañcamadesayī’’ti, papañcā nāma rāgādayo kilesā, tesaṃ vūpasamanatāya tadabhāvato ca lokuttaradhammā nippapañcā nāma. Yathā taṃ pāpuṇāti, tathā dhammaṃ desesi, sāmukkaṃsikaṃ catusaccadesanaṃ adesayīti attho.
我明白了导师所开示的法之后——也就是了解了那位导师所教导的法。所谓“安住”,是指我依照他的教导去实践,并这样安住下来。所谓“乐于教法”,是指对包含三学的教法深深爱乐。所谓“证得三明”,是指宿命明、天眼明、漏尽明这三明,我已证得、已亲自体证。正因为这样,我才算完成了佛陀的教法,遵行了他的教导与教诫——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Tassāhaṃ dhammamaññāyāti tassa satthu desanādhammaṃ jānitvā. Vihāsinti yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjanto vihariṃ. Sāsane ratoti sikkhattayasaṅgahe sāsane abhirato. Tisso vijjā anuppattāti pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ, dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ, āsavakkhayañāṇanti imā tisso vijjā mayā anuppattā sacchikatā. Tato eva kataṃ buddhassa sāsanaṃ, anusiṭṭhi ovādo anuṭṭhitoti attho.
跋提长老的故事巴利
Bhaddiyattheravatthu
193 第六篇里说,“uccā”这个词和“ucca”意思相同,所以解释道:“uccākulikānaṃ”就是“出生在高贵家族的人”。“kāḷī sā devī”意思是:那位咖莉王后,因为肤色黝黑,所以叫咖莉王后。按家族顺序继承王位,只有大贵族家出身的人才能做到,因此接着说道“正是他”等等。巴利
193. Chaṭṭhe ucca-saddena samānattho uccā-saddoti āha – ‘‘uccākulikānanti ucce kule jātāna’’nti. Kāḷī sā devīti kāḷavaṇṇatāya kāḷī sā devī. Kulānukkamena rajjānuppatti mahākulinassevāti vuttaṃ – ‘‘soyeva cā’’tiādi.
矮个子跋提亚长老的故事巴利
Lakuṇḍakabhaddiyattheravatthu
194 在第七句里,“空”是指没有可供布施的东西。“随念功德”的意思是:先了解世尊色身的功德,以及威仪具足等功德,又清楚自己心里的意愿,然后接受并享用芒果等物,像这样,对那些当下现起的功德加以随念。巴利
194. Sattame rittakoti deyyavatthurahito. Guṇe āvajjetvāti bhagavato rūpaguṇe ceva ākappasampadādiguṇe ca attano adhippāyaṃ ñatvā ambapakkassa paṭiggahaṇaṃ paribhuñjananti evamādike yathāupaṭṭhite guṇe āvajjetvā.
宾头卢婆罗堕长老的故事巴利
Piṇḍolabhāradvājattheravatthu
195 第八段中,因为具有无所畏惧的特质,所以像狮子的吼声一样,称为“狮子吼”。他们具有这种狮子吼,所以称为“具狮子吼者”,这里说的是那些具狮子吼者的情形。对于应当呵责和应当赞叹的法,只有如实了知的人,他的呵责和赞叹才是恰当的,因此说“诸佛确实名为……”等。“生已尽”等句,显示的是省察智的所行境界。圣弟子以那种智省察时,了知“生已尽”等。那么,他的什么“生”已尽,又是怎样了知的呢?并不是他过去的生已尽,因为过去早已灭尽;也不是未来的生已尽,因为未来他没有再努力造作;也不是现在的生已尽,因为现在还存在。然而,由于未修习道而本会在一种、四种或五种生存处中,以一种、四种或五种蕴的差别生起的那种生,因为已修习道而达到不再生起的法性,所以称为已尽。他省察由修道所断除的烦恼后,了知:“烦恼不存在时,即使还有业存在,未来也不会再有结生。”他就是以这种方式了知。巴利
195. Aṭṭhame abhītanādabhāvena sīhassa viya nādo sīhanādo, so etesaṃ atthīti sīhanādikā, tesaṃ sīhanādikānaṃ. Garahitabbapasaṃsitabbadhamme yāthāvato jānantasseva garahā pasaṃsā ca yuttarūpāti āha – ‘‘buddhā ca nāmā’’tiādi. Khīṇā jātītiādīhi paccavekkhaṇañāṇassa bhūmiṃ dasseti. Tena hi ñāṇena ariyasāvako paccavekkhanto ‘‘khīṇā jātī’’tiādiṃ pajānāti. Katamā panassa jāti khīṇā, kathañca pajānātīti? Na tāvassa atītā khīṇā pubbeva khīṇattā, na anāgatā anāgate vāyāmābhāvato, na paccuppannā vijjamānattā. Yā pana maggassa abhāvitattā uppajjeyya ekacatupañcavokārabhavesu ekacatupañcakkhandhappabhedā jāti, sā maggassa bhāvitattā anuppādadhammataṃ āpajjanena khīṇā. Taṃ so maggabhāvanāya pahīnakilese paccavekkhitvā ‘‘kilesābhāve vijjamānampi kammaṃ āyatiṃ appaṭisandhikaṃ hotī’’ti jānanto pajānāti.
“已住”是指已经住过、完全住过,也就是已作、已行、已完成的意思。“梵行”是指道梵行。因为连同凡夫善人在内,加上七有学圣者,可以说都安住于道梵行中;而漏已尽的人则是已经住完了。所以,圣弟子回顾自己的梵行住时,清楚地知道“梵行已住”。“应作已作”的意思是:在四圣谛上,通过四条圣道,以遍知、断除、证悟、修习这四种通达方式,所应完成的十六种任务都已经完成了。因为凡夫善人等人还在做那些任务,而漏已尽的人则已经做完了,所以圣弟子回顾自己的应作时,清楚地知道“应作已作”。“不受后有”的意思是:如今为了再度进入这些生命状态、再办那十六种任务,或为了断尽烦恼而再修道,于我皆无此必要。或者,“不受后有”是指在此状态之后,于我不再有如现在这样相续流转的五蕴;而这五蕴已完全被遍知,如断根之树而立,它们将随着最后一识的止灭而熄灭,如同无燃料之火熄灭一样——如此了知。巴利
Vusitanti vuṭṭhaṃ parivuṭṭhaṃ, kataṃ caritaṃ niṭṭhitanti attho. Brahmacariyanti maggabrahmacariyaṃ. Puthujjanakalyāṇakena hi saddhiṃ satta sekkhā maggabrahmacariyaṃ vasanti nāma, khīṇāsavo vuṭṭhavāso. Tasmā ariyasāvako attano brahmacariyavāsaṃ paccavekkhanto ‘‘vusitaṃ brahmacariya’’nti pajānāti. Kataṃ karaṇīyanti catūsu saccesu catūhi maggehi pariññāpahānasacchikiriyābhāvanābhisamayavasena soḷasavidhaṃ kiccaṃ niṭṭhāpitanti attho. Puthujjanakalyāṇakādayo hi taṃ kiccaṃ karonti, khīṇāsavo katakaraṇīyo. Tasmā ariyasāvako attano karaṇīyaṃ paccavekkhanto ‘‘kataṃ karaṇīya’’nti pajānāti. Nāparaṃ itthattāyāti idāni puna itthabhāvāya evaṃ soḷasavidhakiccabhāvāya, kilesakkhayāya vā maggabhāvanāya kiccaṃ me natthīti pajānāti. Atha vā itthattāyāti itthabhāvato imasmā evaṃpakārā idāni vattamānakkhandhasantānā aparaṃ khandhasantānaṃ mayhaṃ natthi, ime pana pañcakkhandhā pariññātā tiṭṭhanti chinnamūlakā rukkhā viya, te carimakaviññāṇanirodhena anupādāno viya jātavedo nibbāyissantīti pajānāti.
满慈子长老的故事巴利
Mantāṇiputtapuṇṇattheravatthu
196 第九句:因为他在十八种技艺上都达到了圆满,所以说他“于一切技艺中成为善巧”。又因为在那里所能得到的,只是能引生神通与胜智的法,所以说“未见到解脱法”。因此他才说“这即所谓三吠陀”等。确实,仅凭这些,连脱离恶趣都极其困难。而他由于获得了以神通为伴的八等至,自身也得到了一分寂静,于是赞叹那位已达最上成就、证得无上调伏与寂静、不与任何外道共的世尊,说出了“此人……”等话。“他们取钵过来”,意思是取了钵器,来到这无主之地。“诸佛”是出于恭敬而用复数。“受用”是指他受用了天神投入的天食,以及林间的树根野果。实际上,钵刚一放好,天神们就立刻把天食投了进去。“正思惟后”意思是审察之后,也有人说是反复思惟之后。“他们证得阿拉汉果”是指摩诃德瓦长老讲说随喜语时,借着渐次说法而作证,使他们的心相续极为清净,从而证得阿拉汉果。巴利
196. Navame aṭṭhārasasupi vijjāṭṭhānesu nipphattiṃ gatattā ‘‘sabbasippesu kovido hutvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Abhidayāabbhaññāvahasseva dhammassa tattha upalabbhanato ‘‘mokkhadhammaṃ adisvā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘idaṃ vedattayaṃ nāmā’’tiādi . Tathā hi anena duggatiparimuccanampi dullabhaṃ, abhiññāparivārānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ lābhitāya sayaṃ ekadesena upasanto paramukkaṃsagataṃ uttamadamathasamathaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ bhagavantaṃ sambhāvento ‘‘ayaṃ puriso’’tiādimāha. Piṭakāni gahetvā āgacchantīti phalabhājanāni gahetvā assāmikāya āgacchanti. Buddhānanti gāravavasena bahuvacananiddeso kato. Paribhuñjīti devatāhi pakkhittadibbojaṃ vanamūlaphalāphalaṃ paribhuñji. Patte patiṭṭhāpitasamanantarameva hi devatā tattha dibbojaṃ pakkhipiṃsu. Sammasitvāti paccavekkhitvā, parivattetvāti ca vadanti. Arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsūti mahādevattherassa anumodanakathāya anupubbikathāsakkhikāya suvisodhitacittasantānā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu.
以十种论事:少欲论、知足论、远离论、不杂住论、精进策励论、戒成就论、定成就论、慧成就论、解脱成就论、解脱智见成就论,就是这十种论事。生于本地之居民,指住在世尊出生国的人;意思是住在世尊出生地的人。随视其头,是指跟在前面走的人身后,一路注视着那人的头。注意到机会,是指留意到交谈的适当时机。询问七清净的次第,是以“贤友,是否为了戒清净而于世尊座下修梵行?”等语,问及七种清净。由于他特别获得了这十种论事,便被安立在说法者中最上的位置。巴利
Dasahi kathāvatthūhīti appicchakathā santuṭṭhikathā pavivekakathā asaṃsaggakathā vīriyārambhakathā sīlasampadākathā samādhisampadākathā paññāsampadākathā vimuttisampadākathā vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadākathāti imehi dasahi kathāvatthūhi. Jātibhūmiraṭṭhavāsinoti jātibhūmivantadesavāsino, satthu jātadesavāsinoti attho. Sīsānulokikoti purato gacchantassa sīsaṃ anu anu passanto. Okāsaṃ sallakkhetvāti sākacchāya avasaraṃ sallakkhetvā. Sattavisuddhikkamaṃ pucchīti ‘‘kiṃ nu kho, āvuso, sīlavisuddhatthaṃ bhagavati brahmacariyaṃ vussatī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.257) satta visuddhiyo pucchi. Dhammakathikānaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesi savisesena dasakathāvatthulābhitāya.
大迦旃延长老的故事巴利
Mahākaccānattheravatthu
197 197. 在第十个事例中,“为略说法义者”,就像《蜜丸经》等开示中那样,是指对以简略方式所说的法义。“将彼开示广分别”,是指把那简略的开示从处等角度详细展开。“分析义理而解说”,是指把那简略开示的义理分析之后加以解说。“或以义”,是指能够依“这些是此义理”的方式,从义理上圆满开示;“或以言辞”,是指能够依“这些是根据开示应当说的言辞”的方式,从言辞上圆满开示。然而这位大迦旃延长老两种方式都能做到,因为他能把简略提示的法义,随顺世尊的意趣详细阐说,所以在这里被称为最上。“依照前述的方式”,是指如前面所说的“清晨用过美好的饮食后,受持布萨戒……”等等。“以他人的”,是指用其他女人的头发,那些头发极长。不仅长,而且光滑、乌黑、柔软、卷曲。“少发”,是指头发稀少,如同所说的“少女腹平”一样。巴利
197. Dasame saṃkhittena kathitadhammassāti madhupiṇḍikasuttantadesanāsu viya saṅkhepena desitadhammassa. Taṃ desanaṃ vitthāretvāti taṃ saṅkhepadesanaṃ āyatanādivasena vitthāretvā. Atthaṃ vibhajamānānanti tassā saṅkhepadesanāya atthaṃ vibhajitvā kathentānaṃ. Atthavasena vāti ‘‘ettakā etassa atthā’’ti atthavasena vā desanaṃ pūretuṃ sakkonti. Byañjanavasena vāti ‘‘ettakāni ettha byañjanāni desanāvasena vattabbānī’’ti byañjanavasena vā pūretuṃ sakkonti. Ayaṃ pana mahākaccānatthero ubhayavasenapi sakkoti tassa saṅkhepena uddiṭṭhassa vitthārena satthu ajjhāsayānurūpaṃ desanato, tasmā tattha aggoti vutto. Vuttanayenevāti ‘‘pātova subhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāyā’’tiādinā heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva. Aññehīti aññāsaṃ itthīnaṃ kesehi ativiya dīghā. Na kevalañca dīghā eva, atha kho siniddhanīlamudukañcikā ca. Nikkesīti appakesī yathā ‘‘anudarā kaññā’’ti.
货物就是可以拿去卖的东西。思惟之后,是指思惟头发作为亲依止缘,以及它恢复自然状态这件事。以敬意,是说即使已经剃了光头,出于对长老们的敬重,只凭一句话就赶来了。邀请之后,是指邀请长老们接受明天的供养。对这个女人,是指前面说的那位长者的女儿。唯是现法受,这是一个排除不可能情况的限定说法,意思是她就是在现世获得了荣盛。所谓荣盛,就是获得了殊胜的成就。因为在七个速行心里,第一个速行心感得现世受的果报,最后一个速行心感得来世受的果报,中间五个感得未来世的果报。因此,除了第一个思之外,其余的思在未来各自都会圆满地成熟果报,而第一个思只现前成就了现世的荣盛。巴利
Paṇiyanti vikketabbabhaṇḍaṃ. Āvajjetvāti upanissayaṃ kesānaṃ pakatibhāvāpattiñca āvajjetvā. Gāravenāti muṇḍasīsāpi there gāravena ekavacaneneva āgantvā. Nimantetvāti svātanāya nimantetvā. Imissā itthiyāti yathāvuttaseṭṭhidhītaramāha. Diṭṭhadhammikovāti avadhāraṇaṃ aṭṭhānapayuttaṃ, diṭṭhadhammiko yasapaṭilābhova ahosīti attho. Yasapaṭilābhoti ca bhavasampattipaṭilābho. Sattasu hi javanacetanāsu paṭhamā diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaphalā, pacchimā upapajjavedanīyaphalā, majjhe pañca aparāpariyavedanīyaphalā, tasmā paṭhamaṃ ekaṃ cetanaṃ ṭhapetvā sesā yathāsakaṃ paripuṇṇaphaladāyino honti, paṭhamacetanāya pana diṭṭhadhammiko yasapaṭilābhova ahosi.
第十四 最上品巴利
14. Etadaggavaggo
(14)2. 第二最上品注释巴利
(14) 2. Dutiyaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
周利槃陀伽长老的故事巴利
Cūḷapanthakattheravatthu
198-200 “由意所成”:是由神通之心所产生的。“以意所作之身”:是以神通之心到达别处之身。“由意所成之身”:如同“化现另一身”等(《长部》1.236-237;《无碍解道》3.14)中所说,是由神通之心所幻化的身。“只与自身相似”:就是只和自己相似。“只一种形态”:就是只以自己所作的那种方式。声闻弟子的神变方式,大多数确实以此为最高。之所以名为最高,是因为它在某一部分上随顺了导师的神变。巴利
198-200. Dutiyassa paṭhame manena nibbattitanti abhiññāmanena uppāditaṃ. Manena katakāyoti abhiññācittena desantaraṃ pattakāyo. Manena nibbattitakāyoti abhiññāmanasā nimmitakāyo ‘‘aññaṃ kāyaṃ abhinimminātī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.236-237; paṭi. ma. 3.14) viya. Ekasadiseyevāti attasadiseyeva. Ekavidhamevāti attanā katappakārameva. Etapparamo hi yebhuyyena sāvakānaṃ iddhinimmānavidhi. Aggo nāma jāto ekadesena satthu iddhinimmānānuvidhānato.
“具足”在这里,“具有”一词中的“ī”音表示殊胜的意思。以此说明这位长老以极其殊胜的方式特别具足四种色界禅那。对于“无色界禅那的具足”,这里也同样适用。并不只是具足这些色界、无色界禅那就能成就心回转善巧和想回转善巧,而是还有以下这些原因,为了说明这一点,所以说了“周利槃陀伽……”等。这里所说的“心”,是以心为代表来指代定,因此把定心回转称为“心回转”;也就是在同一所缘上,把定心从下位一层一层向上舍弃下位禅支,这样具有色界禅那的人就叫做“心回转善巧者”。超越了“完全超越诸色想”等(《法集论》265)所说的想,以想为代表而说的“与空无边处想相应……乃至与非想非非想处想相应”(《法集论》265-268)这些禅那的回转善巧,同样,从男女想、常想等当中把心回转过来,使心纯粹在色法、无色法以及无为涅槃上特别转动,多修空随观的人,就是“想回转善巧者”。由于定善巧而具足心回转善巧,是因为多住于定;同样,由于观善巧而具足想回转善巧。第一个“一位”指的是周利槃陀伽长老。“于定相”,指有寻有伺等定的体性。下一个“一位”指的是摩诃槃陀伽长老。“于观相”,指七随观、十八大观等观的体性。“定深”,指心已深入定中、善修习之性。“于支略”,指以四支、三支等方式略摄禅支。“于所缘略”,指通过生起遍相除去后的虚空等,略摄遍相等所缘。“于支安立”,指安立寻等禅支。“于所缘安立”,指安立地遍等禅那所缘。巴利
Lābhitāyāti ettha lābhīti īkāro atisayattho. Tena therassa catunnaṃ rūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ atisayena savisesalābhitaṃ dasseti. Arūpāvacarajjhānānaṃ lābhitāyāti etthāpi eseva nayo. Na kevalañcetā cetosaññāvivaṭṭakusalatā rūpārūpajjhānalābhitāya eva, atha kho imehipi kāraṇehīti dassetuṃ – ‘‘cūḷapanthako cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Cetoti cettha cittasīsena samādhi vutto, tasmā cetaso samādhissa vivaṭṭanaṃ cetovivaṭṭo, ekasmiṃyevārammaṇe samādhicittaṃ vivaṭṭetvā heṭṭhimassa heṭṭhimassa uparūpari hāpanato rūpāvacarajjhānalābhī cetovivaṭṭakusalo nāma. ‘‘Sabbaso rūpasaññāna’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 265) vuttasaññā atikkamitvā ‘‘ākāsānañcāyatanasaññāsahagataṃ…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasaññāsahagata’’nti (dha. sa. 265-268) saññāsīsena vuttajjhānānaṃ vivaṭṭakusalo, tathā itthipurisādisaññā niccasaññādito cittaṃ vivaṭṭetvā kevale rūpārūpadhammamatte asaṅkhate nibbāne ca visesato vaṭṭanato ca suññatānupassanābahulo saññāvivaṭṭakusalo. Samādhikusalatāya cetovivaṭṭakusalatā tabbahulavihāritāya. Tathā vipassanākusalatāya saññāvivaṭṭakusalatā. Ekoti cūḷapanthakattheraṃ vadati. Samādhilakkhaṇeti savitakkasavicārādisamādhisabhāve. Puna ekoti mahāpanthakattheramāha. Vipassanālakkhaṇeti sattaanupassanā aṭṭhārasamahāvipassanādivipassanāsabhāve. Samādhigāḷhoti samādhismiṃ ogāḷhacitto subhāvitabhāvanatā. Aṅgasaṃkhitteti caturaṅgikativaṅgikādivasena jhānaṅgānaṃ saṅkhipane. Ārammaṇasaṃkhitteti kasiṇugghāṭimākāsādinibbattanena kasiṇādiārammaṇānaṃ saṃkhipane. Aṅgavavatthāpaneti vitakkādīnaṃ jhānaṅgānaṃ vavatthāpane. Ārammaṇavavatthāpaneti pathavīkasiṇādijjhānārammaṇānaṃ vavatthāpane.
所谓“禅支”,就是色界禅那的禅支;禅支本身就是禅那。再说“禅支”,是指无色界禅那的禅支。“兄长”,就是哥哥。“他”,是指那位居士。“金花供养”,是用黄金做成的花来作供养。“在天城”,是在三十三天的善见大城。“以最上城门”,是在那一天,从最先打开的城门出去。巴利
Jhānaṅgehīti rūpāvacarajjhānaṅgehi, jhānaṅgāneva jhānaṃ. Puna jhānaṅgehīti arūpāvacarajjhānaṅgehi. Bhātāti jeṭṭhabhātā. Assāti kuṭumbiyassa. Suvaṇṇapūjanti sovaṇṇamayaṃ pupphapūjaṃ katvā. Devapureti tāvatiṃsabhavane sudassanamahānagare. Aggadvārenāti tasmiṃ divase aggaṃ sabbapaṭhamaṃ vivaṭena nagaradvārena nikkhamitvā.
红睡莲:这是对莲花某个品种的修饰语,就像“kokāsaka”那样。据说那种莲花花瓣很多,颜色圆满,而且极其芬芳。也有人说:“名叫红睡莲的,就是白莲花。”清晨:就是很早的时候。这里的意思是:就像那被称为红睡莲的莲花,在清晨太阳升起的时候盛开绽放,香气未散,光辉闪耀;同样,他看见了那位以身体之香和功德之香而芬芳、像秋季天空中的太阳一样以自己的光热炽然照耀、从肢体散发出光明的具足光辉的正自觉者。巴利
Kokanadanti padumavisesanaṃ yathā ‘‘kokāsaka’’nti. Taṃ kira bahupattaṃ vaṇṇasampannaṃ atisugandhañca hoti. ‘‘Kokanadaṃ nāma setapaduma’’ntipi vadanti. Pātoti pageva. Ayañhettha attho – yathā kokanadasaṅkhātaṃ padumaṃ pāto sūriyuggamanavelāyaṃ phullaṃ vikasitaṃ avītagandhaṃ siyā virocamānaṃ, evaṃ sarīragandhena guṇagandhena ca sugandhaṃ saradakāle antalikkhe ādiccamiva attano tejasā tapantaṃ aṅgehi niccharaṇakajutiyā aṅgīrasaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ passāti.
据说,周利槃陀伽在迦叶正自觉佛住世时出家,成了有智慧的人,却在一位愚钝比丘学习背诵时加以戏弄嘲笑。那位比丘因为被戏弄而羞愧,既不去受学教示,也不做诵习。由于这个业,他这一生出家之后仍然愚钝,刚记住一个词句,再往下记下一个词句时,前面记住的就忘掉了。世尊看到他过去的因缘,知道应当让他修与这因缘相应的业处,于是用神通变化出一块干净的布片交给他。据说他过去做国王时,有一次右绕城市巡行,额头上流下汗水,他就用一块非常干净的布擦额头,布被弄脏了。他因此生起无常想:依靠这个身体,这样一块本来干净的布竟失去了它的本来样子,变得污秽。诸行确实是无常的。由于这个因缘,去除尘垢这件事本身就成了他证悟的助缘。巴利
Cūḷapanthako kira kassapasammāsambuddhakāle pabbajitvā paññavā hutvā aññatarassa dandhabhikkhuno uddesagahaṇakāle parihāsakeḷiṃ akāsi. So bhikkhu tena parihāsena lajjito neva uddesaṃ gaṇhi, na sajjhāyamakāsi. Tena kammenāyaṃ pabbajitvāva dandho jāto, tasmā gahitagahitapadaṃ upariuparipadaṃ gaṇhantassa nassati. Iddhiyā abhisaṅkharitvā suddhaṃ coḷakhaṇḍaṃ adāsīti tassa pubbahetuṃ disvā tadanurūpe kammaṭṭhāne niyojento suddhaṃ coḷakhaṇḍaṃ adāsi. So kira pubbe rājā hutvā nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karonto nalāṭato sede muccante parisuddhena sāṭakena nalāṭaṃ puñchi, sāṭako kiliṭṭho ahosi. So ‘‘imaṃ sarīraṃ nissāya evarūpo parisuddhasāṭako pakatiṃ jahitvā kiliṭṭho jāto, aniccā vata saṅkhārā’’ti aniccasaññaṃ paṭilabhi. Tena kāraṇenassa rajoharaṇameva paccayo jāto.
“毛”是指布片纱线里的纤维。“有污垢性质的”是指本性污秽的。“它的性质就是这样”这句是在显示:心从有分的角度来说,本性是洁白清净的,只是由于与贪等相应的法,才变成了染污。“令专注星宿”就是收摄星宿,意思是作意、转向。“为了猫”是指为了猫的觅食范围。“由从事海上工作的人”是指从事海上作业的人。“草”是指可食用的草。“真实的做法”是指导致真实的行为,也就是说了“自己取到的物品不应给与别人”之后,再给与标记。“以第三次教导”就是通过第三次授命。“成为所有者”就是成为主人。巴利
Lomānīti coḷakhaṇḍatantagataaṃsuke vadati. ‘‘Kiliṭṭhadhātukānī’’ti kiliṭṭhasabhāvāni. Evaṃgatikamevāti idaṃ cittampi bhavaṅgavasena pakatiyā paṇḍaraṃ parisuddhaṃ rāgādisampayuttadhammavasena saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ jātanti dasseti. Nakkhattaṃ samānetvāti nakkhattaṃ samannāharitvā, āvajjetvāti attho . Biḷārassatthāyāti biḷārassa gocaratthāya. Jalapathakammikenāti samuddakammikena. Cārinti khāditabbatiṇaṃ. Saccakāranti saccabhāvāvahaṃ kāraṃ, ‘‘attanā gahite bhaṇḍe aññesaṃ na dātabba’’nti vatvā dātabbalañjanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatiyena paṭihārenāti tatiyena sāsanena. Pattikā hutvāti sāmino hutvā.
即使只有一点点,也就是微少、少量。有智慧的人,就是有慧的人。以货物作本钱,就是用商品作为资本。明察者,就是善于经营交易的人。他令自己兴起,就是产生大量财富和名声后,让自己在其中站稳脚跟、安立下来。就像什么呢?就像一小点火被逐渐投入牛粪粉等燃料中,如同一位聪明人用口吹气,让它燃起、增长,最终变成一个大火堆;同样地,有智慧的人即使只得到少许本钱,也能用种种方法加以运作,使财富和名声增长,增长之后再让自己在其中安立。或者说,正是由于财富巨大,他令自己兴起,也就是使自己广为人知、声名显赫。巴利
Appakenapīti thokenapi parittenapi. Medhāvīti paññavā. Pābhatenāti bhaṇḍamūlena. Vicakkhaṇoti vohārakusalo. Samuṭṭhāpeti attānanti mahantaṃ dhanaṃ yasañca uppādetvā tattha attānaṃ saṇṭhapeti patiṭṭhāpeti . Yathā kiṃ? Aṇuṃ aggiṃva sandhamaṃ, yathā paṇḍito puriso parittakaṃ aggiṃ anukkamena gomayacuṇṇādīni pakkhipitvā mukhavātena dhamento samuṭṭhāpeti vaḍḍheti, mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ karoti, evameva paṇḍito thokampi pābhataṃ labhitvā nānāupāyehi payojetvā dhanañca yasañca vaḍḍheti, vaḍḍhetvā puna tattha attānaṃ patiṭṭhāpeti. Tāya eva vā pana dhanassa mahantatāya attānaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti, abhiññātaṃ pākaṭaṃ karotīti attho.
须菩提长老的故事巴利
Subhūtittheravatthu
201-202 201-202. 在第三项中,raṇā 即贪等烦恼。在“有诤之法”等(《法集论》100 二法论母)中,贪等烦恼被称为“诤”。以这些而哭叫故为“诤”。众生被这些所征服,以种种方式哭泣、悲叹,所以那些贪等烦恼被称为“诤”。“不离开示之规则”意思是不偏离所开示的规则而前往说法,即世尊唯随顺所开示的规则,不作区分地宣说。“这样”是指从慈心禅那出定后,在接受施食时。施食者将获得大果报,此事应依《小弹指顷经》(增支部 1.51 等)来说明。即使比丘仅修习慈心弹指顷的时间,布施给他的物品就有大果报、大利益;他也不是白受食,能享用国家的团食,这一层意思已在该经中出现。“取相”即留意特征。巴利
201-202. Tatiye raṇāti hi rāgādayo kilesā vuccantīti ‘‘saraṇā dhammā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 100 dukamātikā) rāgādayo kilesā ‘‘raṇā’’ti vuccanti. Raṇanti etehīti raṇā. Yehi abhibhūtā sattā nānappakārena kandanti paridevanti, tasmā te rāgādayo ‘‘raṇā’’ti vuttā. Desitaniyāmato anokkamitvāti desitānokkamanato anupagantvā deseti, satthārā desitaniyāmeneva anodissakaṃ katvā dhammaṃ desetīti vuttaṃ hoti. Evanti evaṃ mettājhānato vuṭṭhāya bhikkhāgahaṇe sati. Bhikkhādāyakānaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatīti idaṃ cūḷaccharāsaṅghātasuttena (a. ni. 1.51 ādayo) dīpetabbaṃ. Accharāsaṅghātamattampi hi kālaṃ mettacittaṃ āsevantassa bhikkhuno dinnadānaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti mahānisaṃsaṃ, tena ca so amoghaṃ raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ bhuñjatīti ayamattho tattha āgatoyeva. Nimittaṃ gaṇhitvāti ākāraṃ sallakkhetvā.
金合欢林离婆多长老的故事巴利
Khadiravaniyarevatattheravatthu
203 203. 第五项中,“同分之林”是指相合的树林,“同分”就是合适、适宜的意思。凡是与本性不冲突、与疾病不冲突的,就称为“同分”。“同分之水”等说法,也应依照这个方式来理解其含义。“善业集聚时”是指善业积累的时机。“三位兄弟”是指优波提舍、准陀、优波斯那这三位兄长。“三位姊妹”是指遮罗、优波遮罗、尸须波遮罗这三位姐姐。在这里,舍利弗长老自己出家后,度了遮罗、优波遮罗、尸须波遮罗三姊妹出家,又度了准陀、优波斯那两位兄弟出家,只有离婆多王子一个人留在家中。因此说:“我们……令出家。”“更年长的”是指更为年长。而且,这是那位少女祝愿他长寿而说的话。据说,他的祖母当时已经一百二十岁,牙齿脱落,头发花白,皮肤起皱,身上布满斑点,身体佝偻得像屋檐一样。“跑跳游戏”就是奔跑嬉戏。关于三种成就,他是依据传闻,指人间、天界、解脱的成就来说的,或者是指人间、天界、梵天的成就。说“我们将检验希瓦利的福德”时,他是因为知道“这里是希瓦利所造福业果报交付之处”才这么说。“适宜之处”就是平坦的地方。巴利
203. Pañcame vanasabhāganti sabhāgaṃ vanaṃ, sabhāganti ca sappāyanti attho. Yañhi pakativiruddhaṃ byādhiviruddhañca na hoti, taṃ ‘‘sabhāga’’nti vuccati. Udakasabhāgantiādīsupi imināva nayena attho veditabbo. Kalyāṇakammāyūhanakkhaṇoti kalyāṇakammūpacayassa okāso. Tiṇṇaṃ bhātikānanti upatisso, cundo, upasenoti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ jeṭṭhabhātikānaṃ. Tissannañca bhaginīnanti cālā, upacālā, sīsupacālāti imesaṃ tissannaṃ jeṭṭhabhaginīnaṃ. Ettha ca sāriputtatthero sayaṃ pabbajitvā cālā, upacālā, sīsupacālāti tisso bhaginiyo, cundo upasenoti ime bhātaro pabbājesi, revatakumāro ekova gehe avasissati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘amhākaṃ…pe… pabbājentī’’ti. Mahallakatarāti vuddhatarā. Idañca kumārikāya cirajīvitaṃ abhikaṅkhamānā āhaṃsu. Sā kira tassa ayyikā vīsativassasatikā khaṇḍadantā palitakesā valittacā tilakāhatagattā gopānasivaṅkā ahosi. Vidhāvanikanti vidhāvanakīḷikaṃ. Tissannaṃ sampattīnanti anussavavasena manussadevamokkhasampattiyo sandhāya vadati, manussadevabrahmasampattiyo vā. Sīvalissa puññaṃ vīmaṃsissāmāti ‘‘sīvalinā katapuññassa vipākadānaṭṭhānamida’’nti ñatvā evamāha. Sabhāgaṭṭhānanti samaṃ desaṃ.
那片土地可爱,意思是:虽然阿罗汉们在村落附近得不到身远离,但一定能得到心远离。因为即使是像天界那样美妙的所缘,也无法动摇他们的心。所以,不管是在村落还是在森林等任何地方,阿罗汉们居住的那片土地就是可爱的土地,那片地方就是令人愉悦的,这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakanti kiñcāpi arahanto gāmante kāyavivekaṃ na labhanti, cittavivekaṃ pana labhanteva. Tesañhi dibbappaṭibhāgānipi ārammaṇāni cittaṃ cāletuṃ na sakkonti, tasmā gāmo vā hotu araññādīnaṃ vā aññataraṃ, ‘yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ’, so bhūmippadeso ramaṇīyo evāti attho.
迦矜罗婆多长老的故事巴利
Kaṅkhārevatattheravatthu
204 第六项:贤友,糖是不允许的。有一天,长老在旅途中走进一家制糖的地方,看到糖里掺了面粉和灰烬,就心生疑虑,说:“糖是不允许的,掺了杂物的糖不可以在非时食用。”绿豆是不允许的。有一天,他在旅途中的厕所里看到长出了绿豆,就心生疑虑,说:“绿豆是不允许的,煮过的绿豆竟然还会长出来。”这里剩下的内容都很清楚。巴利
204. Chaṭṭhe akappiyo, āvuso, guḷoti ekadivasaṃ thero antarāmagge guḷakaraṇaṃ okkamitvā guḷe piṭṭhampi chārikampi pakkhitte disvāna ‘‘akappiyo guḷo, sāmiso na kappati guḷo vikāle paribhuñjitu’’nti kukkuccāyanto evamāha. Akappiyā muggāti ekadivasaṃ antarāmagge vacce muggaṃ jātaṃ disvā ‘‘akappiyā muggā, pakkāpi muggā jāyantī’’ti kukkuccāyanto evamāha. Sesamettha sabbaṃ uttānameva.
索那拘利维萨长老的故事巴利
Soṇakoḷivisattheravatthu
205 在第七项中,他因为过度精进,所以只应被调减。以水泼洒使之堆积:就是用水把干地洒湿,让土在那里一处一处堆聚起来。涂上绿色:是因为用牛粪涂抹处理过。以三种水滋养:就是乳水、香水、纯水,这样用三种水来滋养、养护。过滤之后:应当和所取的米结合起来理解。像天人一样:就像天人那样。依琵琶的教诫:就是依据这样的开示:“输那,你怎么想?当琵琶的弦调得太紧时,那琵琶在那时声音悦耳、堪用吗?”“不,尊者。”“同样,输那,过度精进导致掉举,精进过松导致懈怠。因此,输那,你应当确立精进的平衡,并通达诸根的平衡。”这就是以琵琶为譬喻而说的琵琶譬喻教诫。为了以精进的平衡来调和:就是为了以精进的平衡来调和。巴利
205. Sattame hāpetabbameva ahosi accāraddhavīriyattā. Udakena samupabyūḷheti udakena thalaṃ ussāretvā tattha tattha rāsikate. Haritūpalittāyāti gomayaparibhaṇḍakatāya. Tividhena udakenaposentīti khīrodakaṃ gandhodakaṃ kevalodakanti evaṃ tividhena udakena posenti paripālenti. Parissāvetvāti parisodhetvā gahite taṇḍuleti yojetabbaṃ. Devo maññeti devo viya . Vīṇovādenāti ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, soṇa, yadā te vīṇāya tantiyo accāyatā honti, api nu te vīṇā tasmiṃ samaye saravatī vā hoti kammaññā vāti? No hetaṃ, bhanteti. Evameva kho, soṇa, accāraddhavīriyaṃ uddhaccāya saṃvattati, atisithilavīriyaṃ kosajjāya saṃvattati. Tasmātiha tvaṃ, soṇa, vīriyasamataṃ adhiṭṭhaha, indriyānañca samataṃ paṭivijjhā’’ti (mahāva. 243) evaṃ vīṇaṃ upamaṃ katvā pavattitena vīṇopamovādena. Vīriyasamathayojanatthāyāti vīriyassa samathena yojanatthāya.
索那古帝甘那长老的故事巴利
Soṇakuṭikaṇṇattheravatthu
206 206. 在第八首偈颂里,说“kuṭikaṇṇo(古帝甘那)”的时候,本来应该念作“koṭikaṇṇo(果帝甘那)”,却被叫成了“kuṭikaṇṇo”。kulagharikā 的意思是出生在良善家庭的女人。据说她是阿槃提国一位良家大富豪的妻子。她听了具足十力的世尊说法后,证入入流果,然后生起了这样的念头——这是按照增支部诵者的意见说的。不过,《经集注》里则是这样说的:他带着随从一起到世尊那里听法,却没有证得任何殊胜的成就。为什么呢?因为他听法的时候,心里一直惦记着雪山夜叉,东张西望地想:“我的同伴到底来了没有?”他没看到同伴,心就散了,又想:“我的同伴真是被骗了,世尊讲这么精妙的法,他居然不来听。”巴利
206. Aṭṭhame kuṭikaṇṇoti vuccatīti ‘‘koṭikaṇṇo’’ti vattabbe ‘‘kuṭikaṇṇo’’ti voharīyati. Kulaghare bhavā kulagharikā. Sā kira avantiraṭṭhe kulaghare mahāvibhavassa seṭṭhissa bhariyā. Dasabalassa dhammakathaṃ sutvā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya cintesīti idaṃ aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṃ matena vuttaṃ. Suttanipātaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sapariso bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamma dhammadesanaṃ assosi, na ca kañci visesaṃ adhigañchi. Kasmā? So hi dhammaṃ suṇanto hemavataṃ anussaritvā ‘āgato nu kho me sahāyako, no’ti disādisaṃ oloketvā taṃ apassanto ‘vañcito me sahāyo, yo evaṃ vicittappaṭibhānaṃ bhagavato desanaṃ na suṇātī’ti vikkhittacitto ahosī’’ti vuttaṃ.
因为三十二种前兆只在结生、出生、出家、成道和般涅槃时出现,出现后马上就消失,不会停留很久;但在转法轮的时候,这些前兆则更为特殊,停留得更久才息灭。因此才说“看见三千由旬的雪山非时开花”等等。“先锋部队”是指走在所有队伍最前面的部队。“你是怎么知道开花了呢”,意思是:你是以什么理由知道雪山开花的?也就是说,你是以什么因由知道这个非时开花的神变已经发生了?“它已被转起”,是指那个法轮已被世尊转起。“在声音中执取了相”,是指他在声音中观察到了某种特征。“从此处接续”,是指紧接着前面所说的“我就是为了让你也知道这不死之法,才来到你这里的”那件事之后,紧接着发生了下面的事。巴利
Yasmā paṭisandhijātiabhinikkhamanabodhiparinibbānesveva dvattiṃsa pubbanimittāni hutvāva paṭivigacchanti, na ciraṭṭhitikāni honti, dhammacakkappavattane (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; paṭi. ma. 2.30) pana tāni savisesāni hutvā cirataraṃ ṭhatvā nirujjhanti, tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘tiyojanasahassaṃ himavantaṃ akālapupphitaṃ disvā’’tiādi. Aggabalakāyāti sabbapurato gacchantā balakāyā. Kena pupphitabhāvaṃ jānāsīti kena kāraṇena himavantassa pupphitabhāvaṃ jānāsīti, yena kāraṇena imaṃ akālapupphapāṭihāriyaṃ jātaṃ, taṃ jānāsīti vuttaṃ hoti. Tassa pavattitabhāvanti tassa dhammacakkassa bhagavatā pavattitabhāvaṃ. Sadde nimittaṃ gaṇhīti sadde ākāraṃ sallakkhesi. Tatoti ‘‘ahaṃ ‘etaṃ amatadhammaṃ tampi jānāpessāmī’ti tava santikaṃ āgatosmī’’ti yaṃ vuttaṃ, tadanantaranti attho.
萨达基罗讲完雪山夜叉佛陀出世的事,就想带他去见世尊,于是说了“今日是十五日”等偈颂。这里,“今日”是指:按半月来算,今天这个昼夜是第十五日;按应当持守布萨来算,今天是布萨日。在三种布萨当中,今天是十五日布萨,不是十四日布萨,也不是和合布萨。属于天界的,就叫天界的;因为这里面有天界的东西,所以叫天界的。那是什么东西呢?是色相。因为那一夜,从一万个世界聚集来的诸天,用他们的身体、衣服、装饰和宫殿的光明,再加上没有云等杂质遮蔽的月光,把整个赡部洲装饰得极为美丽;而那位极为清净的天人师、世尊的身体光明,更是把一切都装饰得无比庄严。因此说:“天界之夜已经到来。”巴利
Sātāgiro hemavatassa buddhuppādaṃ kathetvā taṃ bhagavato santikaṃ ānetukāmo ‘‘ajja pannaraso’’tiādigāthamāha. Tattha (su. ni. aṭṭha. 1.153) ajjāti ayaṃ rattindivo pakkhagaṇanato pannaraso, upavasitabbato uposatho. Tīsu vā uposathesu ajja pannaraso uposatho, na cātuddasiuposatho, na sāmaggīuposatho. Divi bhavāni dibbāni, dibbāni ettha atthīti dibbāni. Kāni tāni? Rūpāni. Tañhi rattiṃ devānaṃ dasasahassilokadhātuto sannipatitānaṃ sarīravatthābharaṇavimānappabhāhi abbhādiupakkilesavirahitāya candappabhāya ca sakalajambudīpo alaṅkato ahosīti ativiya alaṅkato ca parivisuddhidevassa bhagavato sarīrappabhāya. Tenāha – ‘‘dibbā ratti upaṭṭhitā’’ti.
他这样借助赞叹夜晚功德的机会,让同伴心生净信,讲了佛陀出世的事,然后说:“那位具足无上名称的导师——来吧,我们去见乔达摩。”
这里,“具足无上名称”是指:他以无缺陷、不低劣、一切方面圆满的功德而得名。正如依照“觉悟诸谛故为佛陀,令众生觉悟故为佛陀”等说法,佛陀是以这些无上功德而得名;依照“断贪故为世尊,断嗔故为世尊”等说法,世尊也是以这些无上功德而得名。这个道理同样适用于“阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行足”等名号。他以现世利益等意义教导人与天界众生:“这个要舍弃,这个要受持奉行”,所以称为导师。那位就是具足无上名称的导师。“来吧”是表示催促的词。“我们去见”把说话者自己和同伴都包括在内,是现在时复数。“乔达摩”指乔达摩氏族。这里的意思是:“不要犹豫‘他到底是不是导师’,应当完全确定无疑。来吧,我们一起去见乔达摩。”巴利
Evaṃ rattiguṇavaṇṇanāpadesenapi sahāyassa cittaṃ pasādaṃ janento buddhuppādaṃ kathetvā āha – ‘‘anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ, handa passāma gotama’’nti. Tattha anomehi alāmakehi sabbākāraparipūrehi guṇehi nāmaṃ assāti anomanāmo. Tathā hissa ‘‘bujjhitā saccānīti buddho, bodhetā pajāyāti buddho’’tiādinā (mahāni. 192; cūḷani. pārāyanatthutigāthāniddeso 97; paṭi. ma. 1.162) nayena buddhoti anomehi guṇehi nāmaṃ. ‘‘Bhaggarāgoti bhagavā, bhaggadosoti bhagavā’’tiādinā (mahāni. 84) nayena bhagavāti anomehi guṇehi nāmaṃ. Esa nayo ‘‘arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno’’tiādīsu. Diṭṭhadhammikādiatthehi devamanusse anusāsati ‘‘imaṃ pajahatha, imaṃ samādāya vattathā’’ti satthā. Taṃ anomanāmaṃ satthāraṃ. Handāti vacasāyatthe nipāto. Passāmāti tena attānaṃ saha saṅgahetvā paccuppannabahuvacanaṃ. Gotamanti gotamagottaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘satthā, na satthā’’ti mā vimatiṃ akāsi, ekantabyavasito hutvāva ehi passāma gotamanti.
听了这话,雪山心想:这位萨达基罗说“具足无上名称的导师”,是在宣示那位导师的一切知性。而一切知者在世间极为难得,世间又被富兰那等自称一切知者的人所困扰。不过,如果他真是一切知者,必定已证得如如不动的特相。我就用这一点来检验他。于是,为了询问如如不动的特相,他诵出“是否……心……”等偈颂。其中,“是否”是提问。“心”指心。“善安住”指妥善安立、不动、不震荡。“于一切众生中”指于一切众生。“如如不动者”指已证得如如不动特相的人。或者,这个提问也可以理解为:“你那位导师,于一切众生中是如如不动,还是并非如此?”“于可爱与不可爱”指面对可爱与不可爱的所缘。“思惟”指寻。“已被调伏”指已被掌控。这段话的意思是:你所说的那位导师,已证得如如不动特相的人,他的心于一切众生中是否善安住?还是说,只要还没遇到缘,就看起来像是善安住?你那位导师,于一切众生中是否如如不动,还是并非如此?那些在可爱与不可爱的所缘上因贪嗔而可能生起的寻,是否已被他掌控?还是说,他有时也会被那些寻所支配?巴利
Evaṃ vutte hemavato ‘‘ayaṃ sātāgiro ‘anomanāmaṃ satthāra’nti bhaṇanto tassa sabbaññutaṃ pakāseti, sabbaññuno ca dullabhā loke, sabbaññupaṭiññehi pūraṇādisadiseheva loko upadduto. So pana yadi sabbaññū, addhā tādilakkhaṇaṃ patto bhavissati, tena evaṃ gahessāmī’’ti cintetvā tādilakkhaṇaṃ pucchanto āha – ‘‘kacci mano’’tiādi. Tattha kaccīti pucchā. Manoti cittaṃ. Supaṇihitoti suṭṭhu ṭhapito acalo asampavedhī. Sabbesu bhūtesu sabbabhūtesu. Tādinoti tādilakkhaṇaṃ pattasseva sato. Pucchā eva vā ayaṃ ‘‘so tava satthā sabbabhūtesu tādī, udāhu no’’ti. Iṭṭhe aniṭṭhecāti evarūpe ārammaṇe. Saṅkappāti vitakkā. Vasīkatāti vasaṃ gamitā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yaṃ taṃ satthāraṃ vadasi, tassa te satthuno kacci tādilakkhaṇaṃ sampattassa sato sabbabhūtesu mano supaṇihito, udāhu yāva paccayaṃ na labhati, tāva supaṇihito viya khāyati. So vā te satthā kacci sabbabhūtesu sattesu tādī, udāhu no, ye ca iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu ārammaṇesu rāgadosavasena saṅkappā uppajjeyyuṃ, tyāssa kacci vasīkatā, udāhu kadāci tesampi vasena vattatīti.
“三年”:从首那出家那天算起,整整三年。据说,那时比丘们大多住在中部地区,所以那里只有少数比丘。他们分散而住,一个村里只有一两个。长老们召请比丘时,刚把几位请来,另一些被召请的人却因为有事走掉了;过些时候再请另一些人来,先前请来的那些人又走了。就这样一次又一次地召请,僧众的集会过了很久才凑齐,而长老那时是独自一人住着。因此说“花了三年寻求僧众”。这里的“三年”是为了表达时间的延续,用的是业格。“了知导师的心意”:长老知道世尊的意图——“世尊想与此人同住一香室”——这是世尊自己的安排。据说,世尊想与谁同住一香室,便会在安排其坐卧具时吩咐阿难尊者。巴利
Tīṇi vassānīti soṇassa pabbajitadivasato paṭṭhāya tīṇi vassāni. Tadā kira bhikkhū yebhuyyena majjhimadeseyeva vasiṃsu, tasmā tattha katipayā eva ahesuṃ. Te ca ekasmiṃ nigame eko dveti evaṃ visuṃ visuṃ vasiṃsu, therānañca katipaye bhikkhū ānetvā aññesu ānīyamānesu pubbaṃ ānītā kenacideva karaṇīyena pakkamiṃsu, kañci kālaṃ āgametvā puna tesu ānīyamānesu itare pakkamiṃsu, evaṃ punappunaṃ ānayanena sannipāto cireneva ahosi, thero ca tadā ekavihārī ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tīṇi vassāni gaṇaṃ pariyesitvā’’ti. Tīṇi vassānīti ca accantasaṃyoge upayogavacanaṃ. Satthu adhippāyaṃ ñatvāti attano āṇāpaneneva ‘‘iminā saddhiṃ ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasitukāmo bhagavā’’ti satthu adhippāyaṃ jānitvā. Bhagavā kira yena saddhiṃ ekagandhakuṭiyaṃ vasitukāmo, tassa senāsanapaññattiyaṃ ānandattheraṃ āṇāpeti.
在露地度过:指以在露地坐着的方式度过。因为世尊为了和索那尊者互相问候,顺入、逆入一切与声闻弟子共通的等至,在露地坐着度过了大半夜,然后洗了脚进入精舍;所以他们说,索那尊者也明白了世尊的心意,同样入那一切等至,在露地坐着度过了大半夜,然后洗了脚进入精舍。进去之后,得到世尊允许,他拉起衣幕遮挡,在世尊脚边坐着度过。世尊请求:意思是命令。比丘,请让法显现吧:意思是,比丘,让法在你心中显现,让智慧之门出现,请按照你所听闻、所学的来说法。八偈品:指属于八偈品的从欲经等开始的十六部经。善持:就是正确地领受。他乞求了全部五种许可:他向以持律者为第五人的僧团乞求了这五种许可——具足戒、常行沐浴、皮垫、僧园用鞋、离衣宿。如经中所说:这是指优陀那诵本中所出现的那部经。巴利
Ajjhokāse vītināmetvāti ajjhokāse nisajjāya vītināmetvā. Yasmā bhagavā āyasmato soṇassa samāpattisamāpajjanena paṭisanthāraṃ karonto sāvakasādhāraṇā sabbā samāpattiyo anulomappaṭilomaṃ samāpajjanto bahudeva rattiṃ ajjhokāse nisajjāya vītināmetvā pāde pakkhāletvā vihāraṃ pāvisi, tasmā āyasmāpi soṇo bhagavato adhippāyaṃ ñatvā tadanurūpaṃ sabbā tā samāpattiyo samāpajjanto bahudeva rattiṃ ajjhokāse nisajjāya vītināmetvā pāde pakkhāletvā vihāraṃ pāvisīti vadanti. Pavisitvā ca bhagavatā anuññāto cīvaratirokaraṇiyaṃ katvā bhagavato pādapasse nisajjāya vītināmesi. Ajjhesīti āṇāpesi. Paṭibhātu taṃ bhikkhu dhammo bhāsitunti bhikkhu tuyhaṃ dhammo bhāsituṃ upaṭṭhātu, ñāṇamukhaṃ āgacchatu, yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇāhīti attho. Aṭṭhakavaggiyānīti aṭṭhakavaggabhūtāni kāmasuttādisoḷasasuttāni (mahāni. 1). Suggahitoti sammā uggahito. Sabbe vare yācīti vinayadharapañcamena gaṇena upasampadā dhuvanhānaṃ cammattharaṇaṃ gaṇaṅgaṇūpāhanaṃ cīvaravippavāsoti ime pañca vare yāci. Sutte āgatamevāti udānapāḷiyaṃ āgatasuttaṃ sandhāya vadati.
希瓦利长老的故事巴利
Sīvalittheravatthu
207 第九项中,“一再讨论”是指因为与国王对抗而反复讨论。“糖凝乳”是指凝固得像糖一样的浓凝乳。“过度拉扯”就是过度拉拽。“运出酸粥”是指把酪浆排出来,也就是过滤出来。也有版本写作“从凝乳中取出酸粥”。“她”指苏波瓦萨。“让她触碰到种子篮”和这句相连。“乃至不拉扯”是说直到布施时都不拉扯,意思是她们一心只想布施。她“遭受了极大痛苦”,就是遭受了由生产带来的巨大痛苦。“呼唤丈夫”是说:她难产七日,胎位不正,被剧烈粗重的苦受所触,靠着这三种念头——“那位世尊确实是正自觉者,为了舍断这样的苦而说法;那位世尊的声闻僧团确实是善行道者,为了舍断这样的苦而修行;涅槃确实是极乐的,那里不存在这样的苦”——忍受着那痛苦,并且因为想派人到世尊那里去,所以呼唤丈夫。“临死前”指比死亡更早的时候。“相”就是征兆。“活命食”指生命垂危时应该给予的食物。“成了一切业堪忍者”是说,由于他具备了七岁孩童所能做的一切事情的能力,所以能胜任所有事务。正因如此,在那七日大施进行时,他从出生那天起,就拿着滤水器,为僧团滤水供养。巴利
207. Navame sākacchitvā sākacchitvāti raññā saddhiṃ paṭivirujjhanavasena punappunaṃ sākacchaṃ katvā. Guḷadadhinti patthinnaṃ guḷasadisaṃ kaṭhinadadhiṃ. Atiañchitunti ativiya ākaḍḍhituṃ. Kañjiyaṃ vāhetvāti dadhimatthuṃ pavāhetvā, parissāvetvāti attho. ‘‘Dadhito kañjiyaṃ gahetvā’’tipi pāṭho. Nanti suppavāsaṃ. Bījapacchiṃ phusāpentīti iminā sambandho. Yāva na ukkaḍḍhantīti yāva dāne na ukkaḍḍhanti, dātukāmāva hontīti adhippāyo mahādukkhaṃ anubhosīti pasavanibandhanaṃ mahantaṃ dukkhaṃ anubhosi. Sāmikaṃ āmantetvāti sattāhaṃ mūḷhagabbhā tibbāhi kharāhi dukkhavedanāhi phuṭṭhā ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā, yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya dhammaṃ deseti. Suppaṭipanno vata tassa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, yo imassa evarūpassa dukkhassa pahānāya paṭipanno. Susukhaṃ vata nibbānaṃ, yatthidaṃ evarūpaṃ dukkhaṃ na saṃvijjatī’’ti (udā. 18) imehi tīhi vitakkehi taṃ dukkhaṃ adhivāsentī satthu santikaṃ pesetukāmatāya sāmikaṃ āmantetvā. Pure maraṇāti maraṇato puretarameva. Iṅgitanti ākāraṃ. Jīvitabhattanti jīvitasaṃsaye dātabbabhattaṃ. Sabbakammakkhamo ahosīti sattavassikehi dārakehi kātabbaṃ yaṃ kiñci kammaṃ kātuṃ samatthatāya sabbassa kammassa khamo ahosi. Teneva so sattāhaṃ mahādāne dīyamāne jātadivasato paṭṭhāya dhammakaraṇaṃ ādāya saṅghassa udakaṃ parissāvetvā adāsi.
在“Yo”开头的这首偈颂里,意思是:那位比丘已经超越了贪欲的泥沼、烦恼的险道、轮回的流转,以及未能通达四圣谛的无明;他渡过了四种暴流,到达彼岸;他修习两种禅那,因为渴爱已尽而不再动摇,因为疑惑已尽而不再犹豫,因为执取已尽而无所执取,以烦恼的彻底寂灭而般涅槃——我称这样的人为婆罗门。巴利
Yomantiādigāthāya ‘‘yo bhikkhu imaṃ rāgapalipathañceva kilesaduggañca saṃsāravaṭṭañca catunnaṃ saccānaṃ appaṭivijjhanakamohañca atīto cattāro oghe tiṇṇo hutvā pāraṃ anuppatto, duvidhena jhānena jhāyī, taṇhāya abhāvena anejo, kathaṃkathāya abhāvena akathaṃkathī, upādānānaṃ abhāvena anupādiyitvā kilesanibbānena nibbuto, tamahaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmī’’ti attho.
不过,如果按照另一种说法,剃除一切头发和现证阿罗汉果这两件事并没有先后之分,而是同时完成的。这就说明这位长老正是在剃刀锋刃上证得了阿罗汉果。然而,有些老师是这样说的:“按照前面所说的方式,当法将(舍利弗)给出教诫时,他心想:‘我自己能做什么,我自己会知道。’于是出家,受持了观禅的业处。就在那一天,他看到一间装饰华丽的小屋,走进去后,回忆起自己在母胎中七年所经历的痛苦。沿着这条线索,他将智慧引向过去和未来,三界诸有便像燃烧一样显现在他面前。因为他的智慧已经成熟,便进入观照的修行道路,当下就依照四道的顺序,次第断尽一切烦恼,证得了阿罗汉果。”无论按哪种说法,所说明的都是这位长老证得阿罗汉果这件事,而这位长老是辩才无碍、具足六神通的人。巴利
Sabbesaṃyeva pana kesānaṃ oropanañca arahattasacchikiriyā ca apacchāapurimā ahosīti iminā therassa khuraggeyeva arahattuppatti dīpitā. Ekacce pana ācariyā evaṃ vadanti ‘‘heṭṭhā vuttanayena dhammasenāpatinā ovāde dinne ‘yaṃ mayā kātuṃ sakkā, tamahaṃ jānissāmī’ti pabbajitvā vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā taṃ divasaṃyeva aññataraṃ vicittaṃ kuṭikaṃ disvā pavisitvā mātukucchiyaṃ satta vassāni attanā anubhūtadukkhaṃ anussaritvā tadanusārena atītānāgate ñāṇaṃ nentassa ādittā viya tayo bhavā upaṭṭhahiṃsu. Ñāṇassa paripākaṃ gatattā vipassanāvīthiṃ otaritvā tāvadeva maggappaṭipāṭiyā sabbepi āsave khepento arahattaṃ pāpuṇī’’ti. Ubhayathāpi therassa arahattuppattiyeva pakāsitā, thero pana pabhinnappaṭisambhido chaḷabhiñño ahosi.
婆迦梨长老的故事巴利
Vakkalittheravatthu
208 208. 第十项中,“饭食时”是指用餐的时候。“应证得寂静迹”是指应证得名为“诸行寂灭之乐”的寂静之迹,也就是涅槃。“仅以第一脚站于山上”意思是,仅以第一只脚站在灵鹫山上。这里其余的内容很容易理解。巴利
208. Dasame āhārakaraṇavelanti bhojanakiccavelaṃ. Adhigacche padaṃ santanti saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukhanti laddhanāmaṃ santaṃ padaṃ nibbānaṃ adhigaccheyya. Paṭhamapādena pabbate ṭhitoyevāti paṭhamena pādena gijjhakūṭe pabbate ṭhitoyeva. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
第三最上品注释巴利
(14) 3. Tatiyaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
罗睺罗长老和赖吒和罗长老的故事巴利
Rāhula-raṭṭhapālattheravatthu
209-210 第三项的第一和第二项里说的“三学”,是指增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学这三学。“断了十四餐饭食”,是说整整七天不进食,每天断两餐,这样一共断了十四餐饭食。巴利
209-210. Tatiyassa paṭhamadutiyesu tisso sikkhāti adhisīlaadhicittaadhipaññāsaṅkhātā tisso sikkhā. Cuddasa bhattacchede katvāti sattāhaṃ nirāhāratāya ekekasmiṃ divase dvinnaṃ bhattacchedānaṃ vasena cuddasa bhattacchede katvā.
“对他们”就是指对那些苦行仙人。“备办葫芦器皿等资具”意思是把葫芦器皿等苦行者的生活用具都准备好。“具有灼热身界者”是说因为胆汁过盛,身体本身就带着灼热。“十万”是数量十万。以十万为数量,所以叫“十万”,这就像“色有即是色”一样,省略了后面的词;也可以理解为带有“a”后缀。杀生等不善法现行所形成的腥臭、尸臭般的气味,在他们身上不存在,所以叫“无腥臭”,意思是远离了前面所说的烦恼现行。这里把烦恼现行称为“腥臭”。为什么呢?因为不令人欢喜,因为混杂着烦恼的不净,因为为善人所厌恶,因为带来极度恶臭的状态。确实如此,凡是烦恼增盛的众生,他们就极度恶臭。因此,无烦恼者的死尸也不臭。“布施堂的运载”是指在布施堂担负重担者。“量谷者”是指每天依据限定的布施份额来称量谷物的人。巴利
Tesanti tesaṃ tāpasānaṃ. Lābubhājanādiparikkhāraṃ saṃvidhāyāti lābubhājanāditāpasaparikkhāraṃ saṃvidahitvā. Sapariḷāhakāyadhātukoti ussannapittatāya sapariḷāhakāyasabhāvo. Satasahassāti satasahassaparimāṇā. Satasahassaṃ parimāṇaṃ etesanti satasahassā uttarapadalopena yathā ‘‘rūpabhavo rūpa’’nti, atthiatthe vā akārapaccayo daṭṭhabbo. Pāṇātipātādiakusaladhammasamudācārasaṅkhāto āmagandho kuṇapagandho natthi etesanti nirāmagandhā, yathāvuttakilesasamudācārarahitāti attho. Kilesasamudācāro hettha ‘‘āmagandho’’ti vutto. Kiṃkāraṇā? Amanuññattā, kilesaasucimissattā, sabbhi jigucchitattā, paramaduggandhabhāvavahattā ca. Tathā hi ye ye ussannakilesā sattā, te te atiduggandhā honti. Teneva nikkilesānaṃ matasarīrampi duggandhaṃ na hoti. Dānaggaparivahanaketi dānaggadhuravahanake. Māpakoti divase divase parimitaparibbayadānavasena dhaññamāpako.
“Pāḷi”是指在《律藏》的巴利中。接着他引述《鹿本生经》来讲这个故事:据说在过去世,菩萨投生为鹿,被鹿群围绕着住在森林里。那时,他的妹妹带着自己的幼子来到他跟前,说:“兄长,请教会这外甥鹿的诈术。”菩萨答应说“好”,然后说:“去吧,孩子,你要在某个时辰来学习。”那鹿崽没有错过舅父指定的时间,按时到他那里学习鹿的诈术。有一天,它在林中游走时被绳套套住,发出了被缚的哀叫声。鹿群逃散后,向它的母亲报告:“你的儿子被绳套套住了。”她便来到兄长那里,问:“兄长,我那外甥被你教会鹿的诈术了吗?”菩萨说:“你不该对你儿子有什么不好的猜疑,他已很好地学会了鹿的诈术,现在他会回来,让你满心欢喜。”说完便讲了“那鹿,以三姿……”等话。巴利
Pāḷiyanti vinayapāḷiyaṃ. Migajātakaṃ āharitvā kathesīti atīte kira bodhisatto migayoniyaṃ nibbattitvā migagaṇaparivuto araññe vasati. Athassa bhaginī attano puttakaṃ upanetvā ‘‘bhātika imaṃ bhāgineyyaṃ migamāyaṃ sikkhāpehī’’ti āha. Bodhisatto ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā ‘‘gaccha tāta, asukavelāyaṃ nāma āgantvā sikkheyyāsī’’ti āha. So mātulena vuttavelaṃ anatikkamitvā taṃ upasaṅkamitvā migamāyaṃ sikkhi. So ekadivasaṃ vane vicaranto pāsena baddho baddharavaṃ viravi. Migagaṇo palāyitvā ‘‘putto te pāsena baddho’’ti tassa mātuyā ārocesi. Sā bhātu santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘bhātika bhāgineyyo te migamāyaṃ sikkhāpito’’ti pucchi. Bodhisatto ‘‘mā tvaṃ puttassa kiñci pāpakaṃ āsaṅki, suggahitā tena migamāyā, idāni taṃ hāsayamāno āgacchissatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘migaṃ tipallattha’’ntiādimāha.
这里,“鹿”指的是外甥鹿。“具三姿”是指卧姿:以两侧侧卧、又以正直仰卧,共有三种卧法,所以叫具三姿;或者说他有三种卧姿,因此叫具三姿,这就是“具三姿”。“具多种诈术”是指有很多诈术、很会欺骗。“具八蹄”是指每一只脚各有两个蹄,合起来具备八蹄。“半夜饮水”是指过了初夜,在中夜时分从森林出来喝水,所以半夜饮水,因此叫半夜饮水;也有读作“于半夜饮水”。我把外甥鹿的诈术好好地教会了。怎么教的呢?外甥用一侧鼻孔贴地呼吸,以六种伎俩胜过猎人。这话的意思是:我这样教了你的儿子,使他堵住上侧鼻孔的气息,用下侧鼻孔紧贴地面,同样贴地呼吸,以六种伎俩胜过猎人,以六种方式压制、欺骗他。是哪六种呢?伸开四腿,以一侧侧卧;用蹄子刨草刨土;把舌头伸出来;让肚子鼓胀起来;排泄大小便;堵住气息。或者也可以说,我这样教了他,使他用一侧鼻孔贴地呼吸。六种,就是上面所说的六种方式。伎俩,意思是耍伎俩,欺骗猎人。贤姊,是对姐妹的称呼。外甥,就是如此指出这个以六种方式行骗的外甥。巴利
Tattha miganti bhāgineyyamigaṃ. Tipallatthaṃ vuccati sayanaṃ, ubhohi passehi ujukameva ca nipannakavasena tīhākārehi pallatthaṃ assa, tīṇi vā pallatthāni assāti tipallattho, taṃ tipallatthaṃ. Anekamāyanti bahumāyaṃ bahuvañcanaṃ. Aṭṭhakkhuranti ekekasmiṃ pāde dvinnaṃ dvinnaṃ vasena aṭṭhahi khurehi samannāgataṃ. Aḍḍharattāpapāyinti purimayāmaṃ atikkamitvā majjhimayāme araññato āgamma pānīyassa pivanato aḍḍharatte āpaṃ pivatīti aḍḍharattāpapāyī. ‘‘Aḍḍharatte āpapāyi’’ntipi pāṭho. Mama bhāgineyyaṃ migaṃ ahaṃ sādhukaṃ migamāyaṃ uggaṇhāpesiṃ. Kathaṃ? Yathā ekena sotena chamāyaṃ assasanto chahi kalāhi atibhoti bhāgineyyo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ayañhi tava puttaṃ tathā uggaṇhāpesiṃ, yathā ekasmiṃ uparimanāsikāsote vātaṃ sannirumbhitvā pathaviyaṃ allīnena ekena heṭṭhimanāsikāsotena tatheva chamāyaṃ assasanto chahi kalāhi luddakaṃ atibhoti, chahi koṭṭhāsehi ajjhottharati vañcetīti attho. Katamehi chahi? Cattāro pāde pasāretvā ekena passena seyyāya, khurehi tiṇapaṃsukhaṇanena, jivhāninnāmanena, udarassa uddhumātabhāvakaraṇena, uccārapassāvavissajjanena, vātassa nirumbhanenāti. Atha vā tathā naṃ uggaṇhāpesiṃ, yathā ekena sotena chamāyaṃ assasanto. Chahīti heṭṭhā vuttehi chahi kāraṇehi. Kalāhīti kalāyissati, luddakaṃ vañcessatīti attho. Bhotīti bhaginiṃ ālapati. Bhāgineyyoti evaṃ chahi kāraṇehi vañcakaṃ bhāgineyyaṃ niddisati.
菩萨这样讲述外甥已经熟练掌握鹿的诈术,借此安慰妹妹。那只小鹿被绳套套住后,一点也不挣扎,就地以大胁侧卧,伸开四腿,用蹄子在脚边刨土,拔起草和泥土,排泄大小便,垂下头,伸出舌头,让唾液弄脏身体,憋住呼吸使肚子鼓胀,翻转眼珠,让气息从下鼻腔流通、堵住上鼻腔的气息,使全身僵硬,装出死掉的样子。青蝇围着它团团转,乌鸦也落在它身上各处。猎人走过来,用手拍它的肚子,说:“这鹿肯定是清早就被套住了,已经腐烂了。”于是解开绑绳,心里毫无疑虑,想:“我就在这里把它剖开,取了肉再走。”便开始去捡枝叶。小鹿立刻站起来,四脚立定,抖了抖身体,伸长脖子,像被大风吹散的云一样,飞快地跑回母亲身边。导师说:“诸比丘,不是现在罗睺罗才想修学,过去世他也一样想修学。”就这样引述《鹿本生经》来说法。巴利
Evaṃ bodhisatto bhāgineyyassa migamāyaṃ sādhukaṃ uggahitabhāvaṃ vadanto bhaginiṃ samassāsesi. Sopi migapotako pāse baddho anibandhitvāyeva bhūmiyaṃ mahāphāsukapassena pāde pasāretvā nipanno pādānaṃ āsannaṭṭhāne khurehi eva paharitvā paṃsuñca tiṇāni ca uppāṭetvā uccārapassāvaṃ vissajjetvā sīsaṃ pātetvā jivhaṃ ninnāmetvā sarīraṃ kheḷakilinnaṃ katvā vātaggahaṇena udaraṃ uddhumātakaṃ katvā akkhīni parivattetvā heṭṭhānāsikāsotena vātaṃ sañcarāpento uparimanāsikāsotena vātaṃ sannirumbhitvā sakalasarīraṃ thaddhabhāvaṃ gāhāpetvā matakākāraṃ dassesi, nīlamakkhikāpi naṃ samparivāresuṃ, tasmiṃ tasmiṃ ṭhāne kākā nilīyiṃsu. Luddo āgantvā udare hatthena paharitvā ‘‘pātova baddho bhavissati, pūtiko jāto’’ti tassa bandhanarajjuṃ mocetvā ‘‘ettheva dāni naṃ ukkantitvā maṃsaṃ ādāya gamissāmī’’ti nirāsaṅko hutvā sākhāpalāsaṃ gahetuṃ āraddho. Migapotakopi uṭṭhāya catūhi pādehi ṭhatvā kāyaṃ vidhunitvā gīvaṃ pasāretvā mahāvātena chinnavalāhako viya vegena mātu santikaṃ agamāsi. Satthā ‘‘na, bhikkhave, rāhulo idāneva sikkhākāmo, pubbepi sikkhākāmoyevā’’ti evaṃ migajātakaṃ āharitvā kathesi.
他教导了《庵婆罗林罗睺罗教诫经》。也就是说,世尊这样开示:“罗睺罗,你看见这盛水器里剩下的那一点水吗?”“是的,尊者。”“罗睺罗,那些在明知而妄语时没有惭愧心的人,他们的沙门性就像这样少。”世尊以这类方式讲述了《庵婆罗林罗睺罗教诫经》(《中部》2.107等)。
“当他正在思惟与在家生活相关的念头时”:据说,尊者罗睺罗当时紧跟在世尊身后走着,从脚底一直看到头顶的发梢,仔细端详如来。他看到世尊佛陀威仪的庄严,心里想:“世尊真是光彩照人!他的身体以三十二大人相庄严装饰,又被一丈光晕环绕,就像散开的金粉中间,像被闪电环绕的金山,像被机关牵引出来、用宝石装饰的金质祭坛,虽然披着粪扫衣,却像被红毯围绕的金山,像被珊瑚藤装饰的金瓶,像用中国香粉供养的金塔,像涂了虫胶的金柱,像红色云层中刹那升起的满月。啊!这是由圆满三十波罗蜜的威力所庄严的有身之相,真是殊胜美好!”
接着他又看看自己,心想:“我也很庄严。如果世尊在四大洲做转轮王,一定会给我辅臣的位置,那样的话,赡部洲大地就会更加光彩夺目。”他就这样缘着自己的身体,生起了与在家生活相关的欲贪。针对这一点,论中说:“他看到了导师和自己双方的容貌庄严之后,正在思惟与在家生活相关的念头。”巴利
Ambalaṭṭhiyarāhulovādaṃ desesīti ‘‘passasi no tvaṃ, rāhula, imaṃ parittaṃ udakāvasesaṃ udakādāne ṭhapitanti? Evaṃ, bhante. Evaṃ parittakaṃ kho, rāhula, tesaṃ sāmaññaṃ, yesaṃ natthi sampajānamusāvāde lajjā’’ti evamādinā ambalaṭṭhiyarāhulovādaṃ (ma. ni. 2.107 ādayo) kathesi. Gehasitaṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkentassāti āyasmā kira rāhulo bhagavato piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gacchantova pādatalato yāva upari kesantā tathāgataṃ olokesi, so bhagavato buddhavesavilāsaṃ disvā ‘‘sobhati bhagavā dvattiṃsamahāpurisalakkhaṇavicittasarīro byāmappabhāparikkhittatāya vippakiṇṇasuvaṇṇacuṇṇamajjhagato viya vijjulatāparikkhitto kanakapabbato viya yantasamākaḍḍhitaratanavicittasuvaṇṇaagghikaṃ viya paṃsukūlacīvarappaṭicchannopi rattakambalaparikkhittakanakapabbato viya pavāḷalatāpaṭimaṇḍitasuvaṇṇaghaṭikaṃ viya cīnapiṭṭhacuṇṇapūjitasuvaṇṇacetiyaṃ viya lākhārasānulitto kanakathūpo viya rattavalāhakantaragato taṅkhaṇamuggatapuṇṇacando viya aho samatiṃsapāramitānubhāvena sajjitassa attabhāvassa sirisampattī’’ti cintesi. Tato attānampi oloketvā ‘‘ahampi sobhāmi, sace bhagavā catūsu mahādīpesu cakkavattirajjaṃ akarissa, mayhaṃ pariṇāyakaṭṭhānantaramadassa, evaṃ sante ativiya jambudīpatalaṃ atisobhissā’’ti attabhāvaṃ nissāya gehasitaṃ chandarāgaṃ uppādesi. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘satthu ceva attano ca rūpasampattiṃ disvā gehasitaṃ vitakkaṃ vitakkentassā’’ti.
世尊走在前面时,心里也在想:现在罗睺罗的身体已经皮肉饱满、血气充足,他的心正是容易贪著可爱色等所缘的时候,罗睺罗难道就这样白白浪费时间吗?接着,就像在清澈的水中看见鱼,又像在干净的镜面上看见自己的脸一样,世尊当下就看到了罗睺罗生起的那个心念。看到之后,他想:这个罗睺罗身为我的儿子,跟在我后面走,却依着自己的身体生起在家人的欲贪,想着“我长得好看,我的肤色鲜亮”。他跳进了没有渡口的地方,走上了错路,在不应去的境界里游荡,就像迷了方向的旅人,走向不该去的地方。这个烦恼如果在他内心不断增长,就会让他连自己的利益都不能如实看清,也看不清他人的利益,更看不清自他双方的利益。由此还会让他投生到地狱、畜生道、饿鬼界、阿修罗道,甚至投生在狭窄的母胎里,让他在无始的轮回流转中不断沉沦。就像一艘装满了各种珍宝的大船,如果木板裂开进了水,一刻也不能不管,必须赶紧把漏洞堵上;同样,对罗睺罗也不能有一刻不管。趁这个烦恼还没有从内部毁掉他戒宝等种种功德之前,我要马上制止他。世尊这样下定了决心。然后世尊叫来罗睺罗,开示了《大罗睺罗教诫经》(《中部》2.113等):罗睺罗,无论哪种色,过去的、未来的、现在的,内在的或外在的,粗的或细的,低劣的或殊胜的,远的或近的,一切色都应当以正智慧如实看见:这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的自我。罗睺罗,难道只是色吗?善逝难道只是色吗?罗睺罗,还有受,罗睺罗,还有想,罗睺罗,还有行,罗睺罗,还有识。为了说明这一点,才说“罗睺罗,无论哪种色……乃至……说了”。巴利
Bhagavāpi purato gacchantova cintesi – ‘‘paripuṇṇacchavimaṃsalohito dāni rāhulassa attabhāvo, rajanīyesu rūpārammaṇādīsu cittassa pakkhandanakālo jāto, nipphalatāya nu kho rāhulo vītināmetī’’ti. Atha sahāvajjaneneva pasanne udake macchaṃ viya parisuddhe ādāsamaṇḍale mukhanimittaṃ viya ca tassa taṃ cittuppādaṃ addasa, disvā ca ‘‘ayaṃ rāhulo mayhaṃ atrajo hutvā mama pacchato āgacchanto ‘ahaṃ sobhāmi, mayhaṃ vaṇṇāyatanaṃ pasanna’nti attabhāvaṃ nissāya gehasitaṃ chandarāgaṃ uppādeti, atitthe pakkhando, uppathaṃ paṭipanno, agocare carati, disāmūḷhaaddhiko viya agantabbaṃ disaṃ gacchati, ayaṃ kho panassa kileso abbhantare vaḍḍhanto attatthampi yathābhūtaṃ passituṃ na dassissati paratthampi ubhayatthampi, tato nirayepi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhāpessati, tiracchānayoniyampi pettivisayepi asurakāyepi sambādhepi mātukucchisminti anamatagge saṃsāravaṭṭe paripātessati. Yathā kho pana anekaratanapūrā mahānāvā bhinnaphalakantarena udakaṃ ādiyamānā muhuttampi na ajjhupekkhitabbā hoti, vegena vegenassā vivaraṃ pidahituṃ vaṭṭati, evameva ayampi na ajjhupekkhitabbo. Yāvassa ayaṃ kileso abbhantare sīlaratanādīni na vināseti, tāvadeva naṃ niggaṇhissāmī’’ti ajjhāsayaṃ akāsi. Tato rāhulaṃ āmantetvā ‘‘yaṃ kiñci, rāhula, rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbanti. Rūpameva nu kho bhagavā rūpameva nu kho sugatāti. Rūpampi rāhula, vedanāpi rāhula, saññāpi rāhula, saṅkhārāpi rāhula, viññāṇampi rāhulā’’ti mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ (ma. ni. 2.113 ādayo) abhāsi. Taṃ dassetuṃ – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci rāhula…pe… kathesī’’ti vuttaṃ.
不过在《相应部》里,他们说到“罗睺罗教诫”时,指的是《罗睺罗相应》中所说的那篇罗睺罗教诫。其中,长老罗睺罗请求说:“善哉,尊者,愿世尊为我简要地说法,我听了世尊的法之后,就能独自远离、不放逸、热诚、专心修行。”世尊于是以“罗睺罗,你怎么想,眼是常还是无常?”“是无常的,尊者。”“那无常的东西是苦还是乐?”“是苦的,尊者。”“那无常、苦、会变坏的东西,适合这样观察——‘这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我’吗?”等等开始,讲说了罗睺罗教诫。这里的意思是:那只是长老的观业处,并不像《大罗睺罗教诫》那样,是为了切断思惟而说的。巴利
Saṃyuttake pana rāhulovādoti rāhulasaṃyutte vuttarāhulovādaṃ sandhāya vadanti. Tattha ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ desetu, yamahaṃ, bhante, bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyya’’nti therena yācito ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rāhula, cakkhu niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ , dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’tiādinā rāhulovādaṃ (saṃ. ni. 2.188 ādayo) ārabhi. Therassa vipassanācāroyeva, na pana mahārāhulovādo viya vitakkūpacchedāya vuttoti adhippāyo.
那时,导师知道他的智慧已经成熟等等。据说,世尊独自静坐时,心里生起了这样的念头:“罗睺罗那些能令解脱成熟的法已经成熟了。我何不进一步引导罗睺罗,让他灭尽诸漏呢?”于是,世尊在上午穿好衣服,拿着衣钵,进舍卫城乞食。饭后乞食回来,便叫来具寿罗睺罗说:“罗睺罗,拿坐具来,我们去盲林坐禅过午。”具寿罗睺罗回答“是的,尊者”,便拿了坐具,紧跟在世尊身后。那时,有数千天众前来顶礼世尊,跟在后面,心想:“今天世尊将更进一步引导具寿罗睺罗,让他灭尽诸漏。”于是,世尊进入盲林,在一棵树下铺好的座位上坐下。具寿罗睺罗也顶礼世尊后,坐在一边。接着,世尊叫来具寿罗睺罗,以“罗睺罗,你怎么看?眼是常还是无常?”“是无常的,尊者。”“那无常的是苦还是乐?”“是苦的,尊者。”“那无常、苦、会变坏的法,适合这样观察吗——‘这是我的,这是我,这是我的自我’?”等等,这样给予了罗睺罗教诫(《相应部》4.121)。针对这件事,才这样说:“坐在盲林中,说了《小罗睺罗教诫》。”巴利
Athassa satthā ñāṇaparipākaṃ ñatvātiādīsu bhagavato kira rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi ‘‘paripakkā kho rāhulassa vimuttiparipācanīyā dhammā, yannūnāhaṃ rāhulaṃ uttari āsavānaṃ khaye vineyya’’nti? Athassa bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, rāhula, nisīdanaṃ, yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāma divāvihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavato piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Tena kho pana samayena anekāni devatāsahassāni bhagavantaṃ abhivanditvā anubandhitā honti ‘‘ajja bhagavā āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ uttari āsavānaṃ khaye vinessatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā andhavanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi rāhulo bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Atha āyasmantaṃ rāhulaṃ āmantetvā ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rāhula, cakkhu niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vāti? Aniccaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ, dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti? Dukkhaṃ, bhante. Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’tiādinā rāhulovādaṃ (saṃ. ni. 4.121) adāsi. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘andhavane nisinno cūḷarāhulovādaṃ kathesī’’ti.
“由万亿天众”:这些天众,就是具寿罗睺罗身为大地王时,在莲华上世尊足下发愿,与他一同发愿的那些天人。其中,有些生为地居天,有些生为空居天,有些生在四大王天等天界,有些生在梵天界。但在这一天,她们全都聚集在一处,也就是这盲林之中。巴利
Koṭisatasahassadevatāhīti āyasmatā rāhulena padumuttarassa bhagavato pādamūle pathavindhararājakāle patthanaṃ ṭhapentena saddhiṃ patthanaṃ ṭhapitadevatāyevetā. Tāsu pana kāci bhūmaṭṭhadevatā, kāci antalikkhaṭṭhakā, kāci cātumahārājikādidevaloke, kāci brahmaloke nibbattā, imasmiṃ pana divase sabbā ekaṭṭhāne andhavanasmiṃyeva sannipatitā.
“过夜食”是指允许保留一夜的剩食,已经超过一夜、变坏了。所谓“超过一夜”,这个名称指的就是这个,也就是“过夜食”。这里词义是:因为变坏的过失而被压倒,所以叫“变质”;变质本身就是“过夜食”。
“麸团”是指大麦麸团。
“接受之后”:父亲说“那么,亲爱的赖吒和罗,请接受明天的饭食吧”,他接受了明天的饭食。这里,长老平时是严格次第乞食的行者,按常规本来不接受所谓“明天的饭食”,但他是出于对母亲的悲悯才接受的。据说,他母亲每次忆念长老,就生起极大的忧愁,哭着,像成了受苦的人一样。所以长老想:“如果我连见她一面都不见就离开,她的心恐怕会裂开。”于是出于悲悯而接受了。因为有智慧的比丘,不会对父母、戒师、亲教师该给的悲悯置之不理,只求头陀支的清净。巴利
Ābhidosikanti pārivāsikaṃ ekarattātikkantaṃ pūtibhūtaṃ. Ekarattātikkantasseva hi nāmasaññā esā, yadidaṃ ābhidosikoti. Ayaṃ panettha vacanattho – pūtibhāvadosena abhibhūtoti abhidoso, abhidosoyeva ābhidosiko. Kummāsanti yavakummāsaṃ. Adhivāsetvāti ‘‘tena hi, tāta raṭṭhapāla, adhivāsehi svātanāya bhatta’’nti pitarā nimantito svātanāya bhikkhaṃ adhivāsetvā. Ettha ca thero pakatiyā ukkaṭṭhasapadānacāriko svātanāya bhikkhaṃ nāma nādhivāseti, mātu anuggahena pana adhivāseti. Mātu kirassa theraṃ anussaritvā anussaritvā mahāsoko uppajjati, rodaneneva dukkhī viya jātā, tasmā thero ‘‘sacāhaṃ taṃ apassitvā gamissāmi, hadayampissā phaleyyā’’ti anuggahena adhivāsesi. Paṇḍitā hi bhikkhū mātāpitūnaṃ ācariyupajjhāyānaṃ vā kātabbaṃ anuggahaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā dhutaṅgasuddhikā na bhavanti.
父亲把那些打扮得漂漂亮亮的女人打发走后,又吩咐尊者赖吒和罗的前妻们说:“来吧,媳妇们,你们以前用什么装扮让善男子赖吒和罗觉得可爱、称心,现在就照样装扮起来。”据说,第二天,父亲在自己家里让人堆起一大堆金银财宝,用草席盖住,又让人准备好精美的嚼食和啖食。到了吃饭时间通报之后,他来到已经坐在座位上的赖吒和罗面前,恳求说:“赖吒和罗,这些是你母亲的财产,另外还有你父亲的、你祖父的。亲爱的赖吒和罗,你完全可以一边享用这些财富,一边做福德的事啊。来吧,亲爱的赖吒和罗,放弃学戒,还俗回家,一边享用财富,一边做福德的事。”赖吒和罗拒绝了。父亲于是想:“我要让他还俗。”接着又想:“现在他正在说法,肯定不会听我的话。”就起身离开,让人打开内宫的门,把那些女人打发过去,说:“这是你们的主人,去吧,不管用什么办法,都要设法把他抓住。”那些分成老、中、青三代的歌舞女子便围住了长老。长老就在她们身上生起了不净想。因此说:“他对那些打扮得漂漂亮亮的女人生起不净想之后……”巴利
Alaṅkatapaṭiyatte itthijaneti pitarā uyyojite itthijane. Pitā kirassa dutiyadivase sakanivesane mahantaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇassa puñjaṃ kārāpetvā kilañjehi paṭicchādāpetvā āyasmato raṭṭhapālassa purāṇadutiyikāyo ‘‘etha tumhe vadhū, yena alaṅkārena alaṅkatā pubbe raṭṭhapālassa kulaputtassa piyā hotha manāpā, tena alaṅkārena alaṅkarothā’’ti āṇāpetvā paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā kāle ārocite āgantvā paññatte āsane nisinnaṃ ‘‘idaṃ te, raṭṭhapāla, mattikaṃ dhanaṃ, aññaṃ pettikaṃ, aññaṃ pitāmahaṃ; sakkā, tāta raṭṭhapāla, bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ, puññāni ca kātuṃ? Ehi tvaṃ, tāta raṭṭhapāla, sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjassu, puññāni ca karohī’’ti yācitvā tena paṭikkhipitvā dhamme desite ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ uppabbājessāmī’’ti ānayiṃ, so ‘‘dāni me dhammakathaṃ kātuṃ āraddho, alaṃ me vacanaṃ na karissatī’’ti uṭṭhāya gantvā tassa orodhānaṃ dvāraṃ vivarāpetvā ‘‘ayaṃ vo sāmiko, gacchatha, yaṃ kiñci katvāna gaṇhituṃ vāyamathā’’ti uyyojesi. Tīsu vayesu ṭhitā nāṭakitthiyo theraṃ parivārayiṃsu. Tāsu ayaṃ asubhasaññaṃ uppādesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘alaṅkatapaṭiyatte itthijane asubhasaññaṃ uppādetvā’’ti.
站着宣说正法之后:巴利
Ṭhitakovadhammaṃ desetvāti –
看这具精心装饰的色身,一座高高堆起的疮疱之躯;
这个身体多病,又充满种种思惟,对它来说,并没有恒常的安住。
看这心念所造的色身,镶着宝珠和耳环;
骨头外面裹着皮,再配上衣服,就显得好看。
双脚涂着紫胶,脸上抹着香粉;
这些足以让愚人迷失,却不能让寻求彼岸的人迷失。
头发编成八格棋盘般的方格状发型,眼睛涂上了眼膏;
对愚人而言,这足以令其迷惑,却不适用于寻求彼岸的人。
像眼药盒那样色彩斑斓,这具腐臭的身体却被装饰起来;
对愚人来说,这足以让他迷醉;对寻求彼岸的人,却不然。
猎人布下陷阱,鹿却没有落入网中。
吃完诱饵我就走,任凭捕鹿的人哭喊。巴利
‘‘Passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ, arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ; Āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ, yassa natthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti. ‘‘Passa cittakataṃ rūpaṃ, maṇinā kuṇḍalena ca; Aṭṭhiṃ tacena onaddhaṃ, saha vatthehi sobhati. ‘‘Alattakakatā pādā, mukhaṃ cuṇṇakamakkhitaṃ; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. ‘‘Aṭṭhāpadakatā kesā, nettā añjanamakkhitā; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. ‘‘Añjanīvaṇṇavā cittā, pūtikāyo alaṅkato; Alaṃ bālassa mohāya, no ca pāragavesino. ‘‘Odahi migavo pāsaṃ, nāsadā vāguraṃ migo; Bhutvā nivāpaṃ gacchāmi, kandante migabandhake’’ti. (ma. ni. 2.302; theragā. 769-774) –
用这些偈颂开示法义之后。巴利
Imāhi gāthāhi dhammaṃ desetvā.
“腾空而起”是指跃入空中。可是,这位长老为什么从空中走呢?据说,他的父亲那位长者让人在七处门楼都装上门闩,还命令那些力士:“如果他要出去,就抓住他的手和脚,扒掉袈裟,让他换上在家人的衣服。”因此,长老心想:“这些人要是抓住像我这样的大漏尽者的手或脚,会造下恶业,但愿他们不要那样。”于是就从空中走了。Migacīra 是一座名叫“鹿园”的园林。“以四种衰败所庄严”,就是被老衰败、病衰败、财衰败、亲属衰败这四种衰败所装饰;这里的“衰败”意思是减损。剩下的内容在这里很容易理解。巴利
Ākāsaṃuppatitvāti ākāsaṃ pakkhanditvā. Kasmā pana thero ākāsena gato? Pitā kirassa seṭṭhi sattasu dvārakoṭṭhakesu aggaḷāni dāpetvā malle āṇāpesi ‘‘sace nikkhamitvā gacchati, hatthapādesu naṃ gahetvā kāsāyāni haritvā gihivesaṃ gaṇhāpethā’’ti. Tasmā thero ‘‘ete mādisaṃ mahākhīṇāsavaṃ hatthe vā pāde vā gahetvā apuññaṃ pasaveyyuṃ, taṃ nesaṃ mā ahosī’’ti cintetvā ākāsena agamāsi. Migacīranti evaṃnāmakaṃ uyyānaṃ. Catupārijuññapaṭimaṇḍitanti jarāpārijuññaṃ, byādhipārijuññaṃ, bhogapārijuññaṃ, ñātipārijuññanti imehi catūhi pārijuññehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ. Pārijuññanti ca parihānīti attho. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
军达那长老的故事巴利
Kuṇḍadhānattheravatthu
211 211. 在第三首偈颂里,“取筹”就是指拿筹的人。即使是在前往苏那巴兰答地方的时候,他也是最先拿筹的,这就是这里的关联。“六年间”是指在六年之内。“友爱”是指朋友之间的情谊。“有破坏者时”是指有人做分裂之事时。“属于丛林同类”是指从丛林附近而来,或者也可以这样读。“变成女性”是指变得像女性一样,意思是化作女人的形相。“长久随逐”是指长时间地跟随。“这么长的时间”是指这么一段时间。“来吧,朋友”是说“拿去吧,朋友”。“取其义”:取纳其实义,此也有其他读法;“生为衮达”:生为赌徒。巴利
211. Tatiye salākaṃ gaṇhantīti salākagāhakā. Sunāparantajanapadaṃ gacchantepi paṭhamameva salākaṃ gaṇhīti sambandho. Chabbassantareti channaṃ vassānaṃ abbhantare. Mettīti mittabhāvo. Bhedake satīti bhedakaraṇe sati. Gumbasabhāgatoti gumbasamīpato, ayameva vā pāṭho. Itthī hutvāti itthī viya hutvā, manussitthivaṇṇaṃ māpetvāti attho. Dīgharattānugatoti dīghakālaṃ anubandho. Ettakaṃ addhānanti ettakaṃ kālaṃ. Handāvusoti gaṇhāvuso. Atthaṃ gahetvāti bhūtatthaṃ gahetvā, ayameva vā pāṭho. Koṇḍo jātoti dhutto jāto.
不要对任何人说粗恶的话,意思是不要对任何一个人说粗恶的言语。如果说了,别人也会照样回敬你,意思是如果你说别人戒行不好,他们也会用同样的话回敬你。因为带着争执的对话是苦的,意思是这种为了争胜、互相顶撞的言论本身就是苦。你也会遭到还击,意思是如果你用身体、棍棒等去打别人,同样的还击也会落到你自己头上。巴利
Māvoca pharusaṃ kañcīti kañci ekapuggalaṃ pharusaṃ mā avoca. Vuttā paṭivadeyyu tanti tayā pare dussīlāti vuttā tampi tatheva paṭivadeyyuṃ. Dukkhā hi sārambhakathāti esā kāraṇuttarā yugaggāhakathā nāma dukkhā. Paṭidaṇḍā phuseyyu tanti kāyadaṇḍādīhi paraṃ paharantassa tādisāva paṭidaṇḍā tava matthake pateyyuṃ.
如果能使自己不动摇,就像一面被敲破的铜锣——把锣面边缘切掉,只留下平坦的一片摆在那里,这样的铜锣即使用手、脚或棍棒去打,也不会发出声音。如果你能变成这样,圆满这条修行道路,那么即使现在还没有真正证得涅槃,也可以说你已经得到了涅槃。这时,像“你戒行不好,我戒行好”这类想要压过别人的争胜话语,在你身上就不存在,也根本不会生起。所谓“因为烦恼染污”,是指以染污为因。巴利
Sace neresi attānanti sace attānaṃ niccalaṃ kātuṃ sakkhissasi. Kaṃso upahato yathāti mukhavaṭṭiyaṃ chinditvā talamattaṃ katvā ṭhapitaṃ kaṃsatālaṃ viya. Tādisañhi hatthehi pādehi daṇḍena vā pahatampi saddaṃ na karoti. Esa pattosi nibbānanti sace evarūpo bhavituṃ sakkhissasi, imaṃ paṭipadaṃ pūrayamāno eso tvaṃ idāni appattopi nibbānaṃ pattosi nāma. Sārambho te na vijjatīti ‘‘evañca sati tvaṃ dussīlo, ahaṃ susīlo’’ti evamādiko uttarikaraṇavācālakkhaṇo sārambho te na vijjati, na bhavissatiyevāti attho. Parikkilesenāti saṃkilesahetunā.
鹏耆舍长老的故事巴利
Vaṅgīsattheravatthu
212 在第四首偈颂里,“具足辩才”指的是辩才圆满的人。偈颂中说“他了知死……一切”——他能以一切方式清清楚楚地了知众生的死与结生;我因为他无所执著而称他为“无著”,因为他修行善巧达到究竟而称他为“善逝”,因为他自己觉悟了四圣谛而称他为“佛陀”“婆罗门”。偈颂中说“其趣向”——那些天神等都不知道他的趣向,我因为他诸漏已尽而称他为“漏尽者”,因为他远离烦恼而称他为“阿拉汉”“婆罗门”。巴利
212. Catutthe sampannapaṭibhānānanti paripuṇṇapaṭibhānānaṃ. Cutiṃ yo vedi…pe… sabbasoti yo sattānaṃ cutiñca paṭisandhiñca sabbākārena pākaṭaṃ katvā jānāti, taṃ ahaṃ alagganatāya asattaṃ, paṭipattiyā suṭṭhu gatattā sugataṃ, catunnaṃ saccānaṃ sambuddhattā buddhaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho. Yassa gatinti yassete devādayo gatiṃ na jānanti, tamahaṃ āsavānaṃ khīṇatāya khīṇāsavaṃ, kilesehi ārakattā arahantaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
优波先那·瓦甘答子长老的故事巴利
Upasenavaṅgantaputtattheravatthu
213 213. 第五首偈中,“一切令人净信者”指以一切方式让人生起净信的人。“为何你此”意思是:你这个是什么?“过于迅速”就是太快了。如果某人在那个生命状态中,不具备令道果生起的引发缘,佛陀们就说他是“空虚之人”,比如阿里咤和拉鲁达伊那样的人。即使有引发缘,但在那个时刻并没有生起道或果,也仍然说他们是“空虚之人”,比如檀尼耶长老那样的人。这个人也因为在那时刻没有道果,所以佛陀说他是“空虚之人”,意思是徒然无用的人。“为大众”是为了僧团大众。“以种种方法”是以种种原因。巴利
213. Pañcame sabbapāsādikānanti sabbaso pasādaṃ janentānaṃ. Kintāyanti kiṃ te ayaṃ. Atilahunti atisīghaṃ. Yassa tasmiṃ attabhāve uppajjanārahānaṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo natthi, taṃ buddhā ‘‘moghapuriso’’ti vadanti ariṭṭhalāḷudāyiādike viya. Upanissaye satipi tasmiṃ khaṇe magge vā phale vā asati ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti vadantiyeva dhaniyattherādike viya. Imassapi tasmiṃ khaṇe maggaphalānaṃ abhāvato ‘‘moghapurisā’’ti āha, tucchamanussāti attho. Bāhullāyāti parisabāhullāya. Anekapariyāyenāti anekakāraṇena.
“诸比丘,我想要……”据说,世尊在那半个月里没有见到任何可以教化的众生,所以才这样说。即便如此,按照惯例,说法还是应当进行。然而他心里这样想:“等我让出机会独自静处之后,比丘们会做出不合法的决议,优波先那会把它破除;我会对他生起净信,从而允许比丘们来见我。这样一来,许多想见我的比丘就会受持头陀支,而我也因为他们舍弃了坐卧具等因缘,制定学处。”因此他这样说了。“尊者的”:指优波先那长老。“比丘,这些粪扫衣令你满意吗?”这是在问:“比丘,你这些粪扫衣令你满意,是你凭自己的喜好和认可而取用的吗?”“尊者,这些粪扫衣并不令我满意”:尊者,我不是凭自己的喜好和认可取用它们的;我取用它们,就像被人掐住脖子、被人打着头一样——他这样表明。“如律藏中所说”:这是指依据律藏而说的。巴利
Icchāmahaṃ, bhikkhaveti bhagavā kira taṃ addhamāsaṃ na kañci bodhaneyyasattaṃ addasa, tasmā evamāha, evaṃ santepi tantivasena dhammadesanā kattabbā siyā. Yasmā panassa etadahosi – ‘‘mayi okāsaṃ kāretvā paṭisallīne bhikkhū adhammikaṃ katikavattaṃ karissanti, taṃ upaseno bhindissati, ahaṃ tassa pasīditvā bhikkhūnaṃ dassanaṃ anujānissāmi. Tato maṃ passitukāmā bahū bhikkhū dhutaṅgāni samādiyissanti, ahañca tehi ujjhitasanthatapaccayā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapessāmī’’ti, tasmā evamāha. Therassāti upasenattherassa. Manāpāni te bhikkhu paṃsukūlānīti ‘‘bhikkhu tava imāni paṃsukūlāni manāpāni attano ruciyā khantiyā gahitānī’’ti pucchati. Na kho me, bhante, manāpāni paṃsukūlānīti, bhante, na mayā attano ruciyā khantiyā gahitāni, galaggāhena viya matthakatāḷanena viya ca gāhito mayāti dasseti. Pāḷiyaṃ āgatamevāti vinayapāḷiṃ sandhāya vadati.
达波长老的故事巴利
Dabbattheravatthu
214 第六节。“在十八座大精舍”指坐落在王舍城四周的十八座大精舍。“近住时期”指临近分娩的时期,也指接近雨安居的时候。“前往静处”指到隐蔽之处独处。长老想为僧团服务而付出身体,便这样思惟——据说,长老看到自己应做的事已经做完,就想:“我维持这个身体,它就像立在风口上的灯,处在无常面前,不久就会熄灭。在它还没熄灭之前,我何不为僧团做点服务呢?”他这样思惟、这样反复考虑:“在边地有许多善男子,还没见到世尊就出家了。他们为了‘要见世尊并礼敬世尊’,从远方而来。其中有些人没有足够的住所,就在石板地上铺设卧具。我如今能以自身的神力,随那些善男子的意愿,变化出楼阁住所、半瑜伽等以及床座敷具布施给他们吗?第二天,这里有些人极为疲惫,他们出于恭敬,站在比丘们面前,连饭食也不让人指定。而我却能为他们指定饭食。”他这样反复考虑:“我何不为僧团安排住所,并指定饭食呢?”“同类的同类”指依经师等功德而同类,不是依朋友交情而同类。长老把所有的经师聚集起来,聚集起来后,为他们安排与各自相应的住所。对于持律者、论师、业处者、多行头陀支者等,也是同样的方法。因此,在巴利文中(《波罗提木叉》380)说:“这些比丘是经师,他为他们安排同一处的住所”等等。巴利
214. Chaṭṭhe aṭṭhārasasu mahāvihāresūti rājagahassa samantato ṭhitesu aṭṭhārasasu mahāvihāresu. Upavijaññāti āsannapasūtikālā. Rahogatoti rahasi gato. Saṅghassa veyyāvaccakaraṇe kāyaṃ yojetukāmo cintesīti thero kira attano katakiccabhāvaṃ disvā ‘‘ahaṃ imaṃ sarīraṃ dhāremi, tañca kho vātamukhe ṭhitapadīpo viya aniccatāmukhe ṭhitaṃ nacirasseva nibbāyanadhammaṃ yāva na nibbāyati, tāva kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ saṅghassa veyyāvaccaṃ kareyya’’nti cintento iti paṭisañcikkhati ‘‘tiroraṭṭhesu bahū kulaputtā bhagavantaṃ adisvāva pabbajanti, te ‘bhagavantaṃ passissāma ceva vandissāmā’ti ca dūratopi āgacchanti, tatra yesaṃ senāsanaṃ nappahoti, te silāpattakepi seyyaṃ kappenti. Pahomi kho panāhaṃ attano ānubhāvena tesaṃ tesaṃ kulaputtānaṃ icchāvasena pāsādavihāraaḍḍhayogādīni mañcapīṭhattharaṇāni nimminitvā dātuṃ? Punadivase cettha ekacce ativiya kilantarūpā honti, te gāravena bhikkhūnaṃ purato ṭhatvā bhattānipi na uddisāpenti, ahaṃ kho pana tesaṃ bhattānipi uddisituṃ pahomī’’ti. Iti paṭisañcikkhanto ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ saṅghassa senāsanañca paññapeyyaṃ, bhattāni ca uddiseyya’’nti cintesi. Sabhāgasabhāgānanti suttantikādiguṇavasena sabhāgānaṃ, na mittasanthavavasena. Thero hi yāvatikā suttantikā honti, te uccinitvā uccinitvā ekato tesaṃ anurūpameva senāsanaṃ paññapeti. Venayikābhidhammikakammaṭṭhānikakāyadaḷhibahulesupi eseva nayo. Teneva pāḷiyaṃ (pārā. 380) vuttaṃ – ‘‘yete bhikkhū suttantikā, tesaṃ ekajjhaṃ senāsanaṃ paññapetī’’tiādi.
手指燃烧时:他进入火遍第四禅,出定后,用神通智决意让手指燃烧,于是就以那由火界等至所生的火焰网,使手指燃烧起来。至于“这是床”等话:当长老们说“这是床”等时,那些化现出来的人也各自在自己所在的地方说“这是床”等。这正是被化现者的本性。巴利
Aṅguliyā jalamānāyāti tejokasiṇacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya abhiññāñāṇena aṅgulijalanaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā teneva tejodhātusamāpattijanitena aggijālena aṅguliyā jalamānāya. Ayaṃ mañcotiādīsu pana there ‘‘ayaṃ mañco’’tiādiṃ vadante nimmitāpi attano attano gataṭṭhāne ‘‘ayaṃ mañco’’tiādiṃ vadanti. Ayañhi nimmitānaṃ dhammatā.
一个人说话时,所有化现出来的也都跟着说话;
当一个人静坐沉默时,他们全都变得沉默。巴利
‘‘Ekasmiṃ bhāsamānasmiṃ, sabbe bhāsanti nimmitā; Ekasmiṃ tuṇhimāsine, sabbe tuṇhī bhavanti te’’ti. (dī. ni. 2.286);
如果某座精舍里床、椅等用具不够,他就在那里用自己的神通力把它们变出来,所以不能说那些化现出来的东西是没有实体的,因为床、椅等在所有地方都确实存在。他又把去往所有精舍的道路都决意成同样大小。不过要知道,由于各处规约的格式等各不相同,他在每座精舍里分别让人宣说各自的规约。因为对化现者不加限定时,经里说的“一人在说话时……”等就是他们的自然状态。也就是说,那些在容貌、年龄、身体各部分、用具、动作等方面不加限定而化现出来的人,因为没有被限定,就和有神通的人完全一样。无论行住坐卧,无论说话还是沉默,有神通的人做什么,他们就做什么。但如果他想化现出种种不同的样子——有的年少,有的中年,有的年老,有的长发,有的半剃头,有的头发参差不齐,有的穿半件红袈裟,有的穿黄袈裟,有的在诵经、说法、唱偈、提问、回答、染衣、煮染料、缝衣、洗衣等等——或者想化现出其他种种不同的样子,他就从根本禅出定,作意“这么多比丘是年少的”等等,然后再入定,出定后加以决意;一旦决意心生起,他们就会完全按照他所希望的样子出现。然后他回到自己住的地方,和那些人一起谈论各地的事情,并不坐下,就直接回到自己的住处——竹林精舍。这里说的“经”是指律藏经。巴利
Yasmiṃ pana vihāre mañcapīṭhādīni na paripūrenti, tattha attano ānubhāvena pūrenti, tena nimmitānaṃ avatthukaṃ vacanaṃ na hoti sabbattha mañcapīṭhādīnaṃ sabbhāvato. Sabbavihāresu ca gamanamagge samappamāṇe katvā adhiṭṭhāti. Katikasaṇṭhānādīnaṃ pana nānappakārattā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vihāre katikavattāni visuṃ visuṃ kathāpetīti veditabbaṃ. Aniyametvā nimmitānañhi ‘‘ekasmiṃ bhāsamānasmi’’ntiādidhammatā vuttā. Tathā hi ye vaṇṇavayasarīrāvayavaparikkhārakiriyāvisesādīhi niyamaṃ akatvā nimmitā honti, te aniyametvā nimmitattā iddhimatā sadisāva honti. Ṭhānanisajjādīsu bhāsitatuṇhībhāvādīsu vā yaṃ yaṃ iddhimā karoti, taṃ tadeva karonti. Sace pana nānappakāre kātukāmo hoti, keci paṭhamavaye, keci majjhimavaye, keci pacchimavaye, tathā dīghakese upaḍḍhamuṇḍe missakakese upaḍḍharattacīvare paṇḍukacīvare, padabhāṇadhammakathāsarabhaññapañhapucchanapañhavissajjanarajanapacanacīvarasibbanadhovanādīni karonte, aparepi vā nānappakāre kātukāmo hoti, tena pādakajjhānato vuṭṭhāya ‘‘ettakā bhikkhū paṭhamavayā hontū’’tiādinā nayena parikammaṃ katvā puna samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhite adhiṭṭhānacittena saddhiṃ icchiticchitappakārāyeva honti. Puna attano vasanaṭṭhānameva āgacchatīti tehi saddhiṃ janapadakathaṃ kathento anisīditvā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ veḷuvanameva paccāgacchati. Pāḷiyanti vinayapāḷiyaṃ.
毕陵陀瓦差长老的故事巴利
Pilindavacchattheravatthu
215 215. 在第七首偈颂中,“piyānaṃ”指应当被爱的人。“manāpānaṃ”指能让人心生欢喜的人。而“毕陵达”是他的族姓,“瓦洽”是他的名字。这里也有相反的说法:“毕陵达是名,瓦洽是族姓。”正因如此,阿阇梨法护长老在《长老偈注》中说:“他们给他取名为毕陵达,以瓦洽为族姓,因此他后来被称为毕陵陀瓦差。”“Saṃsandetvā”的意思是合在一起。巴利
215. Sattame piyānanti piyāyitabbānaṃ. Manāpānanti manavaḍḍhanakānaṃ. Pilindoti panassa gottaṃ, vacchoti nāmanti ettha vuttavipariyāyenapi vadanti ‘‘pilindoti nāmaṃ, vacchoti gotta’’nti. Teneva ācariyadhammapālattherena theragāthāsaṃvaṇṇanāya (theragā. aṭṭha. 1.8 pilindavacchattheragāthāvaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ – ‘‘pilindotissa nāmaṃ akaṃsu, vacchoti pana gottaṃ. Tena so aparabhāge pilindavacchoti paññāyitthā’’ti. Saṃsandetvāti ekato katvā.
“听闻导师说法后,生起信心而出家”这一句,是依照增支部诵者的传述方式说的。不过另一些诵者这样说:在我们的世尊还没有出世的时候,他出生在舍卫城一个婆罗门家里,名叫毕陵伽·婆蹉。因为对轮回深怀厌惧,他就出家做了游方行者,修成了叫做“小犍陀罗”的明咒,能飞行空中,也能知道别人心里想什么,住在王舍城,得到了最高的利养和恭敬。后来,我们的世尊成佛之后,逐渐游行到了王舍城。从那时起,靠着佛的威神力,他那个明咒就不灵了,也办不成事了。他就想:“我曾听师长们说,凡是有人持大犍陀罗明咒的地方,小犍陀罗明咒就不成就。自从沙门乔达摩来了以后,我的明咒就不灵了,沙门乔达摩一定懂得大犍陀罗明咒。我何不去亲近他,在他那里学这个明咒呢?”于是他就来到世尊面前,这样说:“大沙门,我想在您这里学一个明咒,请给我这个机会。”世尊说:“那就出家吧。”他以为“出家就是学明咒的准备”,就出家了。“Paravambhanavasenāti”的意思是,以贬低他人为方式。巴利
Satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā paṭiladdhasaddho pabbajitvāti idaṃ aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṃ kathāmaggena vuttaṃ. Apare pana bhaṇanti – anuppanneyeva amhākaṃ bhagavati sāvatthiyaṃ brāhmaṇagehe nibbattitvā pilindavacchoti paññāto saṃsāre saṃvegabahulatāya paribbājakapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā cūḷagandhāraṃ nāma vijjaṃ sādhetvā ākāsacārī paracittavidū ca hutvā rājagahe lābhaggayasaggappatto paṭivasati. Atha yadā amhākaṃ bhagavā abhisambuddho hutvā anukkamena rājagahaṃ upagato, tato paṭṭhāya buddhānubhāvena tassa sā vijjā na sampajjati, atthakiccaṃ na sādheti. So cintesi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ ‘ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ yattha mahāgandhāravijjā dharati, tattha cūḷagandhāravijjā na sampajjatī’ti. Samaṇassa pana gotamassa āgatakālato paṭṭhāya nāyaṃ mama vijjā sampajjati, nissaṃsayaṃ samaṇo gotamo mahāgandhāravijjaṃ jānāti, yannūnāhaṃ taṃ payirupāsitvā tassa santike vijjaṃ pariyāpuṇeyya’’nti. So bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ, mahāsamaṇa, tava santike ekaṃ vijjaṃ pariyāpuṇitukāmo, okāsaṃ me karohī’’ti. Bhagavā ‘‘tena hi pabbajā’’ti āha. So ‘‘vijjāya parikammaṃ pabbajjā’’ti maññamāno pabbajīti. Paravambhanavasenāti paresaṃ garahanavasena.
“不粗涩”就是不粗糙刺人。“使人明了”就是能让人明白其中的意义。“真实”就是符合事实。“不令执著”的意思是:不用那种以激怒的方式使别人黏着的话去黏着对方;漏已尽的人根本不会说那样的话,因此我说他是婆罗门,称他为婆罗门——这就是这里的意思。巴利
Akakkasanti apharusaṃ. Viññāpaninti atthaviññāpaniṃ. Saccanti bhūtatthaṃ. Nābhisajeti yāya girāya aññaṃ kujjhāpanavasena na lagāpeyya, khīṇāsavo nāma evarūpameva giraṃ na bhāseyya, tasmā tamahaṃ brūmi brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
审察之后,就是反复随观。快速行进,就是飞快地走。巴利
Anuvicinitvāti anuvicāretvā. Caṇḍikataṃ gacchantanti sīghagatiyā gacchantaṃ.
婆醯达鲁茨利亚长老的故事巴利
Bāhiyadārucīriyattheravatthu
216 第八个偈颂里说的“只用一个晚上就赶到了”,意思是靠天神的威力赶到的。也有人说是“靠佛陀的威力”。他这样到了之后,走进精舍,看见很多比丘已经吃完早饭,正在露天经行,为了消除身体的疲乏,就问:“导师现在在哪里?”比丘们说:“世尊进舍卫城乞食去了。”然后问他:“你又是从哪里来的?”他说:“我从首波羅来。”“什么时候出发的?”“昨天傍晚出发的。”“你从那么远来,先洗洗脚,涂点油,稍微休息一下,等世尊回来就能见到了。”他说:“尊者,我不知道世尊或者我自己什么时候会有生命危险。我整夜赶路,一百二十由旬的路程,中途没有停下,也没有坐下。等我见过世尊之后再休息。”说完,他急匆匆地进了舍卫城,看见世尊正以无可比拟的佛陀威仪在乞食,心想:“过了这么久,我终于见到正自觉者了!”从看见世尊的那一刻起,他就弯着身子往前走,在街道中间就五体投地礼拜,紧紧抱住世尊的脚踝,这样说道:“请世尊为我说法,尊者!请善逝为我说法,这对我来说,将带来长久的利益和安乐。”巴利
216. Aṭṭhame ekarattivāsena gantvāti devatānubhāvena gantvā. ‘‘Buddhānubhāvenā’’tipi vadanti. Evaṃ gato ca vihāraṃ pavisitvā sambahule bhikkhū bhuttapātarāse kāyālasiyavimocanatthāya abbhokāse caṅkamante disvā ‘‘kahaṃ etarahi satthā’’ti pucchi. Bhikkhū ‘‘sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭho’’ti vatvā taṃ pucchiṃsu – ‘‘tvaṃ pana kuto āgato’’ti? Suppārakā āgatomhīti. Kadā nikkhantosīti? Hiyyo sāyaṃ nikkhantomhīti. Dūrato āgato, tava pāde dhovitvā telena makkhetvā thokaṃ vissamāhi, āgatakāle satthāraṃ dakkhissatīti. Ahaṃ, bhante, satthu vā attano vā jīvitantarāyaṃ na jānāmi, ekarattenevamhi katthaci aṭṭhatvā anisīditvā vīsayojanasatikaṃ maggaṃ āgato, satthāraṃ passitvāva vissamissāmīti. So evaṃ vatvā taramānarūpo sāvatthiṃ pavisitvā bhagavantaṃ anopamāya buddhasiriyā piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā ‘‘cirassaṃ vata me diṭṭho sammāsambuddho’’ti diṭṭhaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya oṇatasarīro gantvā antaravīthiyameva pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā gopphakesu daḷhaṃ gahetvā evamāha – ‘‘desetu me, bhante, bhagavā dhammaṃ, desetu me sugato dhammaṃ, yaṃ mamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.
这时,导师拒绝他说:“婆醯,现在还不是时候,我已经进村乞食了。”婆醯听了这话,说:“尊者,在轮回中流转的人,从来不曾得到过一口食物。我不知道您或我会有什么生命危险,请为我说法。”导师第二次还是拒绝了。据说导师心里这样想:“这个人从见到我的那一刻起,整个身体就一直被喜悦遍满,没有间断。如果凭着强烈的喜悦冲动来听法,他反而无法通达。先让他保持中舍心吧。而且他一夜之间走了一百二十由旬的路,疲劳也很强烈,这也暂且让它平息下来吧。”因此,导师两次拒绝后,在第三次被请求时,就站在街道中间,以“因此,婆醯,你应当这样学:于所见唯见而已”等(《自说》10)的方式为他说法。导师为了概括这个义理而显示“导师已进村乞食”等语。其中,“在村中”即在街道中间。巴利
Atha naṃ satthā ‘‘akālo kho tāva, bāhiya, antaragharaṃ paviṭṭhomhi piṇḍāyā’’ti paṭikkhipi . Taṃ sutvā bāhiyo, ‘‘bhante, saṃsāre saṃsarantena kabaḷīkārāhāro na no laddhapubbo, tumhākaṃ vā mayhaṃ vā jīvitantarāyaṃ na jānāmi, desetha me dhamma’’nti. Satthā dutiyampi paṭikkhipiyeva. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi ‘‘imassa maṃ diṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya sakalasarīraṃ pītiyā nirantaraṃ ajjhotthaṭaṃ hoti, balavapītivegena dhammaṃ sutvāpi na sakkhissati paṭivijjhituṃ, majjhattupekkhā tāva tiṭṭhatu, ekaratteneva vīsayojanasataṃ maggaṃ āgatattā darathopissa balavā, sopi tāva paṭippassambhatū’’ti. Tasmā dvikkhattuṃ paṭikkhipitvā tatiyaṃ yācito antaravīthiyaṃ ṭhitova ‘‘tasmātiha te, bāhiya, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ diṭṭhe diṭṭhamattaṃ bhavissatī’’tiādinā (udā. 10) nayena dhammaṃ deseti. Imamatthaṃ saṃkhipitvā dassento ‘‘satthāraṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭha’’ntiādimāha. Tattha antaraghareti antaravīthiyaṃ.
因为衣钵不齐全,所以去寻找衣钵。据说他修了兩万年的沙门法,心里一直想:“比丘得到自己的资具之后,不该再去看别人,应该自己受用。”所以他从不用钵或衣去帮助任何一位比丘。佛陀知道他不会生起神通所变的衣钵,就没有用“善来比丘”的方式让他出家。当他立刻请求出家时,佛陀问他:“你的衣钵齐全了吗?”他回答:“不齐全。”佛陀就说:“那你去找衣钵吧。”说完就离开了。于是他为了寻找衣钵,从垃圾堆里捡拾碎布片。巴利
Aparipuṇṇapattacīvaratāya pattacīvaraṃ pariyesantoti so kira vīsativassasahassāni samaṇadhammaṃ karonto ‘‘bhikkhunā nāma attano paccaye labhitvā aññaṃ anoloketvā sayameva bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ekabhikkhussapi pattena vā cīvarena vā saṅgahaṃ nākāsi. Tenassa ‘‘iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ na uppajjissatī’’ti ñatvā ehibhikkhubhāvena pabbajjaṃ na adāsi. Tāvadeva ca pabbajjaṃ yācito ‘‘paripuṇṇaṃ te pattacīvara’’nti pucchitvā ‘‘aparipuṇṇa’’nti vutte ‘‘tena hi pattacīvaraṃ pariyesāhī’’ti vatvā pakkāmi. Tasmā so pattacīvaraṃ pariyesanto saṅkāraṭṭhānato coḷakhaṇḍāni saṃkaḍḍhati.
“一千”也是一种限定数量的说法。如果偈颂按一千、两千这样来划分,而它们又夹杂着无意义的词句,被那些宣扬虚空之色、山林之形等、不能显示涅槃、没有意义的人用无意义的词句编成,那么数量越多,就越低劣——这就是这段话的意思。“一个偈颂的句子更殊胜”的意思是:像“不放逸是不死之道……放逸如同死亡”(《法句》21)这样的偈颂,哪怕只有一个偈颂,也更殊胜——这就是这段话的意思。巴利
Sahassamapīti paricchedavacanaṃ. Ekasahassaṃ dvesahassānīti evaṃ sahassena ce paricchinnā gāthā honti, tā ca anatthapadasaṃhitā ākāsavaṇṇapabbatavaṇṇādīni pakāsakehi anibbānadīpakehi anatthakehi padehi saṃhitā yāva bahukā honti, tāva pāpikā evāti attho . Ekaṃ gāthāpadaṃ seyyoti ‘‘appamādo amatapadaṃ…pe… yathā matā’’ti (dha. pa. 21) evarūpā ekagāthāpi seyyoti attho.
童子迦叶长老的故事巴利
Kumārakassapattheravatthu
217 第九个偈颂里说的“在整整一佛的间隔中享受福报”,意思是:因为他已在声闻菩提上得到决定,所积的福德资粮又特别殊胜,所以不会堕入恶趣,而是在整整一佛的间隔期间,在天界和人间享受种种福报。说了“生于某良家女子胎中”之后,为了从头说明他出生的情形,于是讲了“那位女子……”等内容。其中“那位女子”指的是那位良家女子。“Ca”这个字表示区别,用来点出所要区别的地方。“夫家”就是丈夫的家。“胎相”就是怀孕的征象。虽然毗舍佉也属于舍卫城的族姓,但为了表明她是其中最主要的一位,所以说了“毗舍佉也……”等话,就像说“婆罗门们来了,婆私咤也来了”一样。应连结为:因世尊如是取名之故。因为王子在世间被称为“童子”,而这个孩子是国王的养子,所以说了“国王……他们知道了”等话。巴利
217. Navame ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ sampattiṃ anubhavamānoti sāvakabodhiyā niyatatāya puññasambhārassa ca sātisayattā vinipātaṃ agantvā ekaṃ buddhantaraṃ devesu ca manussesu ca sampattiṃ anubhavamāno. ‘‘Ekissā kuladārikāya kucchimhi uppanno’’ti vatvā tamevassa uppannabhāvaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya dassetuṃ – ‘‘sā cā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha sāti kuladārikā. Ca-saddo byatirekattho. Tena vuccamānaṃ visesaṃ jotayati. Kulagharanti patikulagehaṃ. Gabbhanimittanti gabbhassa saṇṭhitabhāvaviggahaṃ. Satipi visākhāya sāvatthivāsikulapariyāpannatte tassā tattha padhānabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘‘visākhañcā’’tiādi vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘brāhmaṇā āgatā, vāsiṭṭhopi āgato’’ti. Bhagavatā evaṃ gahitanāmattāti yojanā. Yasmā rājaputtā loke ‘‘kumārā’’ti voharīyanti, ayañca rañño kittimaputto, tasmā āha – ‘‘rañño…pe… sañjāniṃsū’’ti.
“准备十五个问题”:这是依据《蚁丘经》里所说的——比如“比丘,比丘,这个蚁丘夜里冒烟,白天燃烧”等等——按照经中来的方式,准备好了十五个问题。“帕耶西王”:就是那位持有“没有他世,没有化生有情,没有善行恶行的果报”这种见解的帕耶西王。据说这位国王当时还没有举行灌顶登基,住在憍萨罗国的波斯匿王赐给他的实塔城里,生起了这种邪见。“用十五个问题来装点”:就是用“王族啊,你怎么看?这些日月,是属于这个世界还是他世?他们是天神还是人?”等十五个问题来修饰、充实它。“经”:指的是《帕耶西经》。巴利
Pañcadasa pañhe abhisaṅkharitvāti ‘‘bhikkhu, bhikkhu, ayaṃ vammiko rattiṃ dhūpāyati, divā pajjalatī’’tiādinā vammikasutte (ma. ni. 1.249) āgatanayena pañcadasa pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā. Pāyāsiraññoti ‘‘natthi paraloko, natthi sattā opapātikā, natthi sukatadukkaṭānaṃ kammānaṃ phalaṃ vipāko’’ti (dī. ni. 2.410, 412) evaṃladdhikassa pāyāsirājassa. Rājā hi tadā anabhisitto hutvā pasenadinā kosalena dinnasetabyanagaraṃ ajjhāvasanto imaṃ diṭṭhiṃ gaṇhi. Pañcadasahi pañhehi paṭimaṇḍetvāti ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rājañña, ime candimasūriyā imasmiṃ vā loke parasmiṃ vā devā vā te manussā’’ti evamādīhi (dī. ni. 2.411) pañcadasahi pañhehi paṭimaṇḍitaṃ katvā. Suttanteti pāyāsisuttante (dī. ni. 2.406 ādayo).
大拘絺罗长老的故事巴利
Mahākoṭṭhikattheravatthu
218 第十,这一篇本身意思就很清楚。巴利
218. Dasamaṃ uttānatthameva.
第十四品 最上品巴利
14. Etadaggavaggo
第四品“最上品”的注释巴利
(14) 4. Catutthaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
阿难长老的故事巴利
Ānandattheravatthu
219-223 219-223. 第四品第一则故事里说的“前面讲过的尺寸”,就是指前面憍陈如长老的故事中说的那样:“他的车轭前端长九十肘,鬃毛长三十肘,莲台长十二肘,脚所站的地方长十一肘。”——“派人送去给国王”:他把边疆叛乱的消息报告给国王之后,就派人送去了。不过在《长老偈注》里则说:“他没有向国王报告边疆叛乱,自己就把叛乱平息了。国王听说后满心欢喜,把王子叫来说:‘善喜,我给你一个恩典,你领受吧。’”——“我没有这样的心”:我没有这样的一颗心。“不虚”:不虚假。“求别的”:求别的,也就是“拿别的”的意思。“依水而住”:即决意“成为水”。 “以行走”:以行走的方式。“不以利养为眼”:不瞻视称为衣等资具的利养。巴利
219-223. Catutthavaggassa paṭhame heṭṭhā vuttappamāṇanti heṭṭhā koṇḍaññattherassa vatthumhi ‘‘tassa dhurapattāni navutihatthāni honti, kesaraṃ tiṃsahatthaṃ, kaṇṇikā dvādasahatthā, pādena patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānaṃ ekādasahattha’’nti evaṃ vuttappamāṇaṃ. Rañño pesesīti paccantassa kupitabhāvaṃ ārocetvā pesesi. Theragāthāsaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ (theragā. aṭṭha. 2.1016 ānandattheragāthāvaṇṇanā) pana ‘‘paccantassa kupitabhāvaṃ rañño anārocetvā sayameva taṃ vūpasamesi, taṃ sutvā rājā tuṭṭhamānaso puttaṃ pakkosāpetvā ‘varaṃ te, sumana, dammi, gaṇhāhī’ti āhā’’ti vuttaṃ. Na metaṃ cittaṃ atthīti mama evarūpaṃ cittaṃ natthi. Avañjhanti atucchaṃ. Aññaṃ varehīti aññaṃ patthehi, aññaṃ gaṇhāhīti vuttaṃ hoti. Udakaṃ adhiṭṭhāyāti ‘‘udakaṃ hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā. Gatenāti gamanena. Na āmisacakkhukāti cīvarādipaccayasaṅkhātaṃ āmisaṃ na olokenti.
就在住处附近,也就是在住处旁边。极受信赖,是指在侍奉的地方确实很受信赖。此比丘的,就是这位比丘的。没有模棱两可的话,就是没有两种说法,意思是说没有不确定的言论。不固定,就是不确定。以流淌的血,这是在描述状态时的具格用法,意思是与流淌的血相伴。紧随不舍,就是跟着走。起来吧,贤友阿难,起来吧,贤友阿难,这是为表达急切而重复的话。用两种水,就是用冷水和热水。用三种齿木,就是小、大、中三种齿木。环行九次,是指导师召唤时,为了回应并去除昏沉睡眠,环行九次。因此他说“就这样,因为他曾如此……”等等。这里其余的部分很容易理解。巴利
Vasanaṭṭhānasabhāgeyevāti vasanaṭṭhānasamīpeyeva. Ekantavallabhoti upaṭṭhākaṭṭhāne ekantena vallabho. Etassevāti etasseva bhikkhussa. Dvejjhakathā na hontīti dvidhābhūtakathā na honti, anekantikakathā na hontīti vuttaṃ hoti. Anibaddhāti aniyatā. Lohitena galantenāti itthambhūtakkhāne karaṇavacanaṃ, galantena lohitena yuttoti attho. Anvāsattoti anugato. Uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānanda, uṭṭhehi, āvuso ānandāti turite idamāmeḍitavacanaṃ. Duvidhena udakenāti sītudakena uṇhudakena ca. Tividhena dantakaṭṭhenāti khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ majjhimanti evaṃ tippakārena dantakaṭṭhena. Nava vāre anupariyāyatīti satthari pakkosante paṭivacanadānāya thinamiddhavinodanatthaṃ navakkhattuṃ anupariyāyati. Tenevāha – ‘‘evañhissa ahosī’’tiādi. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
优楼频螺·迦叶长老的故事巴利
Uruvelakassapattheravatthu
224 第二则故事里应当说明的内容,在律藏巴利原文中已经详细讲过了。巴利
224. Dutiye yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ vitthārato vinayapāḷiyaṃ āgatameva.
黑乌达夷长老的故事巴利
Kāḷudāyittheravatthu
225 在第三个故事里,“行走的仪态”指的就是走路的样子。这里剩下的内容都很浅显。巴利
225. Tatiye gamanākappanti gamanākāraṃ. Sesamettha uttānameva.
薄拘罗长老的故事巴利
Bākulattheravatthu
226 在第四个故事里,“无病者”指没有疾病的人。就像本来该说“二十二、三十二”的地方,却说成“巴维萨提、巴丁萨”等;同样,本来该说“有两个家族故称二族,或称二族”,却被说成“薄拘罗”,所以注释者说:“薄拘罗是因为在两个家族中长大,才得到这个名字。”“以运用”指凭威力。“安乐之时”指没有病的时期。“仅如挤一下奶之久”指像挤一次牛奶那么短的时间。但这里并不是指整个挤奶的过程,而是指抓住母牛的乳头,挤出一滴奶那么短的时间。“疗养堂”是指为了让病人康复而建造的堂宇。巴利
226. Catutthe nirābādhānanti ābādharahitānaṃ. Yathā ‘‘dvāvīsati dvattiṃsā’’tiādimhi vattabbe ‘‘bāvīsati bāttiṃsā’’tiādīni vuccanti, evamevaṃ dve kulāni assāti dvikulo, dvekuloti vā vattabbe bākuloti vuttanti āha – ‘‘bākuloti dvīsu kulesu vaḍḍhitattā evaṃladdhanāmo’’ti. Upayogenāti ānubhāvena. Phāsukakāleti arogakāle. Gadduhanamattampīti goduhanamattampi kālaṃ. Idha pana na sakalo goduhanakkhaṇo adhippeto, atha kho gāviṃ thane gahetvā ekakhīrabinduduhanakālamattaṃ adhippetaṃ. Ārogyasālanti āturānaṃ arogabhāvakaraṇatthāya katasālaṃ.
“以潜入和浮出的方式”是指:在只有膝盖那么深的水里,只是稍微潜入又浮出。“丢下就跑了”是指:就在鱼的嘴边把鱼丢下,然后跑掉了。“靠男孩的福德之力”是指:靠男孩的福德之力。“正在被弄死才死”是指:那些鱼是被棍棒等打死的,是正在被弄死才死的,并不是仅仅被网捉住、没有受到伤害的那种。“一拿出来就死了”是指:就在被拿出来的那一刹那死了。因此没有为了杀它而采取行动,因为那种行动会使男孩生病。“就是完整的”是指:就是没有缺损、四肢健全的。“不会嬉戏”是指:不会觉得欢喜,对于任何事物都不会在意。“从背部裂开”是指:因为男孩的福德之力,鱼从背上裂开了。“让人敲起鼓”是指:为了宣布“得了儿子啦!”而让人敲着鼓游行。“说明了真相”是指:说出了自己是对方的儿子。因为在腹中怀过就不能说不是母亲,所以从生育者这一事实来说,不能说不是母亲。“连捉鱼的人”是指:把鱼卖掉之后又捉鱼的人。像那样捉的人,也把属于那范围的一切都捉了,所以说:“把鱼贩等排除在外而捉的人,是不存在的。”这个也不能说不是母亲,因为从所施予的儿子这一事实来说,不能(说不是母亲)。巴利
Nimujjanummujjanavasenāti jāṇuppamāṇe udake thokaṃyeva nimujjanummujjanavasena. Chaḍḍetvā palāyīti macchassa mukhasamīpeyeva chaḍḍetvā palāyi. Dārakassa tejenāti dārakassa puññatejena. Māriyamānāva marantīti daṇḍādīhi pothetvā māriyamānāva maranti, na jālena baddhatāmattena amāriyamānā. Nīhaṭamattova matoti nīhaṭakkhaṇeyeva mato. Tenassa māraṇatthaṃ upakkamo na kato, yena upakkamena dārakassa ābādho siyā. Tanti macchaṃ. Sakalamevāti avikalameva paripuṇṇāvayavameva. Na keḷāyatīti na nandati, kismiñci na maññati. Piṭṭhito phālentīti dārakassa puññatejena piṭṭhito phālentī. Bheriṃ carāpetvāti ‘‘puttaṃ labhi’’nti ugghosanavasena bheriṃ carāpetvā. Pakatiṃ ācikkhīti attano puttabhāvaṃ kathesi. Kucchiyā dhāritattā amātā kātuṃ na sakkāti jananībhāvato amātā kātuṃ na sakkā. Macchaṃ gaṇhantāpīti macchaṃ vikkiṇitvā gaṇhantāpi. Tathā gaṇhantā ca tappariyāpannaṃ sabbaṃ gaṇhanti nāmāti āha – ‘‘vakkayakanādīni bahi katvā gaṇhantā nāma natthī’’ti. Ayampi amātā kātuṃ na sakkāti dinnaputtabhāvato na sakkā.
庄严长老的故事巴利
Sobhitattheravatthu
227 第五则的含义本身就很浅显。巴利
227. Pañcamaṃ uttānatthameva.
优波离长老的事迹巴利
Upālittheravatthu
228 228. 第六,婆卢羯车的事:据说,有一位住在婆卢羯车地区的比丘,在梦里和前妻行了淫欲之事,心想“我已经不是沙门了,我要还俗”,于是前往婆卢羯车。半路上他遇见尊者优波离,就把这件事告诉了他。尊者优波离这样说:“贤友,在梦里不算犯戒。”因为在梦里,心并不面对真实的境界,所以才会这样。因此,优波离长老虽然这件事世尊以前没有裁决过,还是用理趣的方式做了这样的裁决。有一位居士有两个孩子:一个是儿子,一个是外甥。后来那居士生了病,对尊者阿朱迦说:“尊者,这处家产,请您告诉这两个孩子当中那个有信心、有净信的人。”当时,那居士的外甥有信心、有净信。于是尊者阿朱迦就把那处家产告诉了这个孩子。这孩子用那些财产安顿了家业,也办起了布施。后来,那居士的儿子对尊者阿难说:“尊者阿难,谁是父亲遗产的继承人?是儿子还是外甥?”“贤友,儿子才是父亲遗产的继承人。”“尊者,那位尊者阿朱迦却把我们家的财产判给了那个表亲。”“贤友,那位阿朱迦已经不是沙门了。”于是尊者阿朱迦对尊者阿难说:“贤友阿难,请你给我一个裁决。”他们两人都来到优波离长老那里。于是尊者优波离对尊者阿难说:“贤友阿难,如果有人受主人嘱托说‘请把这处家产告诉某某人’,他就告诉了那人,他犯什么罪呢?”“尊者,他什么罪也不犯,连突吉罗那么轻的罪都没有。” “贤友,这位尊者阿朱迦是受主人嘱托说‘请把这处家产告诉某某人’,才告诉了那人。贤友,尊者阿朱迦无犯。”世尊听了之后说:“比丘们,优波离说得好。”并表示了赞许。这段话就是针对这件事说的。童子迦叶的事(《增支部义注》1.1.217)在前面已经提到过了。巴利
228. Chaṭṭhe bhārukacchakavatthunti aññataro kira bhārukacchadesavāsī bhikkhu supinante purāṇadutiyikāya methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭisevitvā ‘‘assamaṇo ahaṃ vibbhamissāmī’’ti bhārukacchaṃ gacchanto antarāmagge āyasmantaṃ upāliṃ passitvā etamatthaṃ ārocesi. Āyasmā upāli, evamāha – ‘‘anāpatti, āvuso, supinantenā’’ti. Yasmā supinante avisayattā evaṃ hoti. Tasmā upālitthero bhagavatā avinicchitapubbampi imaṃ vatthuṃ nayaggāhena evaṃ vinicchini. Gahapatino dve dārakā honti putto ca bhāgineyyo ca. Atha so gahapati gilāno hutvā āyasmantaṃ ajjukaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ, bhante, okāsaṃ yo imesaṃ dārakānaṃ saddho hoti pasanno, tassa ācikkheyyāsī’’ti. Tena ca samayena tassa ca gahapatino bhāgineyyo saddho hoti pasanno. Athāyasmā ajjuko taṃ okāsaṃ tassa dārakassa ācikkhi. So tena sāpateyyena kuṭumbañca saṇṭhapesi, dānañca paṭṭhapesi. Atha tassa gahapatino putto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante ānanda, pituno dāyajjo putto vā bhāgineyyo vā’’ti. Putto kho, āvuso, pituno dāyajjoti. Āyasmā, bhante, ayyo ajjuko amhākaṃ sāpateyyaṃ amhākaṃ methunakassa ācikkhīti. Assamaṇo, āvuso, so ajjukoti. Athāyasmā ajjuko āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘dehi me, āvuso ānanda, vinicchaya’’nti. Te ubhopi upālittherassa santikaṃ agamaṃsu. Athāyasmā upāli, āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yo nu kho, āvuso ānanda, sāmikena ‘imaṃ okāsaṃ itthannāmassa ācikkhā’ti vutto, tassa ācikkhati, kiṃ so āpajjatī’’ti? Na, bhante, kiñci āpajjati antamaso dukkaṭamatthampīti. Ayaṃ, āvuso, āyasmā ajjuko sāmikena ‘‘imaṃ okāsaṃ itthannāmassa ācikkhā’’ti vutto tassa ācikkhati, anāpatti, āvuso, āyasmato ajjukassāti. Bhagavā taṃ sutvā ‘‘sukathitaṃ, bhikkhave, upālinā’’ti vatvā sādhukāramadāsi, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kumārakassapavatthu (a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.217) pana heṭṭhā āgatameva.
关于“六位刹帝利”,指的是跋提释迦王、阿那律、阿难、帕古、金毗罗和提婆达多这六位刹帝利。“装饰者”的意思是妆饰者。“律文”指的是《破僧犍度》的律文(《小品》330等)。巴利
Channaṃ khattiyānanti bhaddiyo sakyarājā anuruddho ānando bhagu kimilo devadattoti imesaṃ channaṃ khattiyānaṃ. Pasādhakoti maṇḍayitā. Pāḷiyanti saṅghabhedakkhandhakapāḷiyanti (cūḷava. 330 ādayo).
难陀迦长老的故事巴利
Nandakattheravatthu
229 229. 第七个中,“在同一会合中”意思是在同一个聚集处、同一个集会中。其余部分很容易理解。巴利
229. Sattame ekasamodhāneti ekasmiṃ samodhāne, ekasmiṃ sannipāteti attho. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
难陀长老的故事巴利
Nandattheravatthu
230 第八个事例中,“不是没有以四种正知限定就去观察方向”这句话的意思是:他并不是没有依据四种正知——也就是义正知、适宜正知、行境正知、无痴正知——来限定,就去观察那个方向。因为这位具寿当时已经发起精进,惭愧心非常强,他心里想:“我正是因为过去不守护根门,才在教法里落到不欢喜等种种过失中,现在我要好好把它制伏。”又因为他在这一点上长期用功,根门防护已经达到极致,所以他从不离开四种正知而观察一切方向。世尊也确实这样说过:巴利
230. Aṭṭhame na taṃ catusampajaññavasena aparicchinditvā oloketīti sātthakasappāyagocaraasammohasampajaññasaṅkhātānaṃ catunnaṃ sampajaññānaṃ vasena aparicchinditvā taṃ disaṃ na oloketi. So hi āyasmā ‘‘yamevāhaṃ indriyesu aguttadvārataṃ nissāya sāsane anabhiratiādivippakārappatto, tameva suṭṭhu niggahessāmī’’ti ussāhajāto balavahirottappo, tattha ca katādhikārattā indriyasaṃvaro ukkaṃsapāramippatto catusampajaññaṃ amuñcitvāva sabbadisaṃ āloketi. Vuttañcetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,如果难陀需要朝东方看,他就会把整个心都收摄起来,然后朝东方看,心里想:“我这样朝东方看的时候,贪欲和忧恼这些恶不善法不会流入我的心。”这样,他在那里就保持正知。比丘们,如果难陀需要朝西方、北方、南方、上方、下方、四隅看,他也会把整个心都收摄起来,然后朝四隅看,心里想:“我这样朝四隅看的时候……”(中略)……他就保持正知。巴利
‘‘Sace, bhikkhave, nandassa puratthimā disā āloketabbā hoti, sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā nando puratthimaṃ disaṃ āloketi ‘evaṃ me puratthimaṃ disaṃ ālokayato nābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāsavissantī’ti. Itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, nandassa pacchimā disā, uttarā disā, dakkhiṇā disā, uddhaṃ, adho, anudisā anuviloketabbā hoti, sabbaṃ cetaso samannāharitvā nando anudisaṃ anuviloketi ‘evaṃ me anudisaṃ anuvilokayato…pe… sampajāno hotī’’’ti (a. ni. 8.9).
在灌顶、入新宅、迎娶等吉祥仪式进行时——这里说了三种吉祥;不过律的注释里说:“就在那一天,难陀王子有落发、束带、家宅吉祥、伞盖吉祥、迎娶吉祥,共五种吉祥。”其中,按家族传统剃除头发,叫落发;系上王储头带,叫束带;举行进入新宅的庆典,叫家宅吉祥;举行婚嫁的盛大庆典,叫迎娶吉祥;举行王储伞盖的盛大庆典,叫伞盖吉祥。巴利
Abhisekagehapavesanaāvāhamaṅgalesuvattamānesūti idha tīṇi maṅgalāni vuttāni, vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘taṃ divasameva nandakumārassa kesavissajjanaṃ, paṭṭabandho, gharamaṅgalaṃ, chattamaṅgalaṃ, āvāhamaṅgalanti pañca maṅgalāni hontī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha kulamariyādavasena kesoropanaṃ kesavissajjanaṃ. Yuvarājapaṭṭabandhanaṃ paṭṭabandho. Abhinavagharappavesanamaho gharamaṅgalaṃ. Vivāhakaraṇamaho āvāhamaṅgalaṃ. Yuvarājachattamaho chattamaṅgalaṃ.
难陀王子的灌顶吉祥仪式,并不像国中第一美女说的那番话那样折磨他——应当这样补充理解。为了把那番话的具体情形展示出来,接着就说“持钵而去时”等等。“国中第一美女”的意思是:地方上最美丽、最优秀的女子,她远离六种身体缺陷,具足五种美丽。她既不太高、也不太矮,既不瘦、也不胖,既不黑、也不白得过分——她的容貌超过了普通人的水准,却还没达到天界容貌的程度,所以远离六种身体缺陷。又因为她具足皮美、肉美、筋美、骨美、年龄美这五种美,所以称为具足五种美丽。她不需要外来的光照,仅凭自身身体的光泽就能让十二肘范围内一片明亮。她的肤色像金色苜蓿,或者像纯金,这是她的皮美。她的双手、双足和面颊末端,就像用紫胶汁精心涂抹过一样,又像红珊瑚或红毛毯那样,这是她的肉美。她的二十片指甲,在连着肉的地方,就像灌满了紫胶汁;在离开肉的地方,则像一道道乳汁,这是她的筋美。她的三十二颗牙齿,紧密安设,排成行列,看起来像擦洗干净的钻石,这是她的骨美。即使已经一百岁,看上去也像十六岁的少女,没有白发,这是她的年龄美。就这样,因为她具足这五种美,所以被称为“国中第一美女”。迅速——就是快。巴利
Nandakumāraṃ abhisekamaṅgalaṃ na tathā pīḷesi, yathā janapadakalyāṇiyā vuttavacananti ajjhāharitabbaṃ. Tadeva pana vacanaṃ sarūpato dassetuṃ – ‘‘pattaṃ ādāya gamanakāle’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Janapadakalyāṇīti janapadamhi kalyāṇī uttamā cha sarīradosarahitā pañca kalyāṇasamannāgatā. Sā hi yasmā nātidīghā nātirassā nātikisā nātithūlā nātikāḷī nāccodātāti atikkantā mānusavaṇṇaṃ, asampattā dibbavaṇṇaṃ, tasmā cha sarīradosarahitā. Chavikalyāṇaṃ maṃsakalyāṇaṃ nhārukalyāṇaṃ aṭṭhikalyāṇaṃ vayakalyāṇanti imehi pana kalyāṇehi samannāgatattā pañca kalyāṇasamannāgatā nāma. Tassā hi āgantukobhāsakiccaṃ natthi, attano sarīrobhāseneva dvādasahatthe ṭhāne ālokaṃ karoti, piyaṅgusāmā vā hoti suvaṇṇasāmā vā, ayamassā chavikalyāṇatā. Cattāro panassā hatthapādā mukhapariyosānañca lākhārasaparikammakataṃ viya rattapavāḷarattakambalasadisaṃ hoti, ayamassā maṃsakalyāṇatā. Vīsati pana nakhapattāni maṃsato amuttaṭṭhāne lākhārasapūritāni viya, muttaṭṭhāne khīradhārāsadisāni honti, ayamassā nhārukalyāṇatā. Dvattiṃsa dantā suphusitā sudhotavajirapanti viya khāyanti, ayamassā aṭṭhikalyāṇatā. Vīsaṃvassasatikāpi samānā soḷasavassuddesikā viya hoti nippalitena, ayamassā vayakalyāṇatā. Iti imehi pañcahi kalyāṇehi samannāgatattā ‘‘janapadakalyāṇī’’ti vuccati. Tuvaṭanti sīghaṃ.
他因为对世尊的恭敬,不敢开口说“尊者,请接钵”,心里一直想着:“世尊会在阶梯顶端接钵吧。”导师没有在那里接。他又想:“会在阶梯脚下接钵吧。”导师在那里也没有接。他又想:“会在王宫庭院里接钵吧。”导师在那里还是没有接。就这样,他一边想着“会在这里接,会在那里接”,导师一边把他带回精舍,让他出家了。巴利
Imasmiṃ ṭhāne nivattessati, imasmiṃ ṭhāne nivattessatīti cintentamevāti so kira tathāgate gāravavasena ‘‘pattaṃ vo, bhante, gaṇhathā’’ti vattuṃ avisahanto evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘sopānasīse pattaṃ gaṇhissatī’’ti . Satthā tasmimpi ṭhāne na gaṇhi. Itaro ‘‘sopānapādamūle gaṇhissatī’’ti cintesi. Satthā tatthāpi na gaṇhi. Itaro ‘‘rājaṅgaṇe gaṇhissatī’’ti cintesi. Satthā tatthāpi na gaṇhi. Evaṃ ‘‘idha gaṇhissati, ettha gaṇhissatī’’ti cintentameva satthā vihāraṃ netvā pabbājesi.
摩诃劫宾那长老的故事巴利
Mahākappinattheravatthu
231 第九句的“以闻为财”,是指喜欢听闻佛法。“守门人”就是看门的人。“以真实作证”是通过立誓说真话。当时导师心想:“让莲华色来吧。”莲华色长老尼来了以后,让她们全都出了家,然后就去了比丘尼的住处。这段话是显示增支部诵者们所传讲法脉络而说的。因此《法句经注·摩诃劫宾那长老事》中也这样说:巴利
231. Navame sutavittakoti dhammassavanapiyo. Paṭihārakassāti dovārikassa. Saccakārenāti saccakiriyāya. Satthā ‘‘uppalavaṇṇā āgacchatū’’ti cintesi. Therī āgantvā sabbā pabbājetvā bhikkhunīupassayaṃ gatāti idaṃ aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṃ kathāmaggaṃ dassentena vuttaṃ. Teneva dhammapadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.mahākappinattheravatthu) vuttaṃ –
她们顶礼导师之后,站在一边,请求出家。据说,当她们这样请求时,导师心里想让莲华色前来——有些人是这么说的。不过,导师对那几位女居士说:“你们去舍卫城,到比丘尼的住处出家吧。”于是她们一路次第游行人间的村落,途中受到大众献上的恭敬与供养,步行了整整一百二十由旬的路,到了比丘尼的住处出家,后来证得了阿罗汉果。巴利
‘‘Tā satthāraṃ vanditvā ekamantaṃ ṭhitā pabbajjaṃ yāciṃsu. Evaṃ kira vutte satthā uppalavaṇṇāya āgamanaṃ cintesīti ekacce vadanti. Satthā pana tā upāsikāyo āha – ‘sāvatthiṃ gantvā bhikkhunīupassaye pabbājethā’ti. Tā anupubbena janapadacārikaṃ caramānā antarāmagge mahājanena abhihaṭasakkārasammānā padasāva vīsayojanasatikaṃ maggaṃ gantvā bhikkhunīupassaye pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsū’’ti.
“法喜”是指饮用法的人,意思就是正在饮用法。而这里的法,并不是像用碗喝粥那样能直接喝下去的;当一个人用名身触证九种出世间法,以所缘为对象而亲证,并通过遍知等现观,如实通达苦等圣谛时,这才叫作饮用法。“安乐而住”只是一种说法而已,意思是行、住、坐、卧四种姿势中都能安乐地安住。“以清净心”是指没有浑浊、没有杂染的心。“于圣者所宣说中”是指在佛陀等圣者所宣说的、以念处等为分类的菩提分法中。“恒常喜乐”是说,像这样以清净心安住、具足智慧的人,恒常喜乐、愉悦。因为已经舍断了一切恶,所以称这位长老为“婆罗门”。巴利
Dhammapītīti dhammapāyako, dhammaṃ pivantoti attho. Dhammo ca nāmesa na sakkā bhājanena yāguādīni viya pātuṃ, navavidhaṃ pana lokuttaradhammaṃ nāmakāyena phusanto ārammaṇato sacchikaronto pariññābhisamayādīhi dukkhādīni ariyasaccāni paṭivijjhanto dhammaṃ pivati nāma. Sukhaṃ setīti desanāmattametaṃ, catūhipi iriyāpathehi sukhaṃ viharatīti attho. Vippasannenāti anāvilena nirupakkilesena. Ariyappavediteti buddhādīhi ariyehi pavedite satipaṭṭhānādibhede bodhipakkhiyadhamme. Sadā ramatīti evarūpo dhammapīti vippasannena cetasā viharanto paṇḍiccena samannāgato sadā ramati abhiramati. Bāhitapāpattā ‘‘brāhmaṇā’’ti theraṃ ālapati.
萨迦达长老的故事巴利
Sāgatattheravatthu
232 232. 关于“因六群比丘的话”这一句:据说,憍赏弥的在家近事男们走到尊者娑伽陀跟前,顶礼之后站在一边,这样说道:“尊者,圣者们难得又中意的东西是什么?我们该准备些什么呢?”听到这话,六群比丘就对那些憍赏弥近事男说:“贤友们,有一种叫‘鸽色清净’的东西,比丘们很难得到,又很中意,你们去准备那个吧。”于是憍赏弥的在家近事男们就在每家每户都备好了鸽色清净。他们看见尊者娑伽陀挨家挨户托钵乞食,就说道:“尊者,请喝鸽色清净吧!圣者娑伽陀,请喝鸽色清净吧!”于是尊者娑伽陀就在每家每户喝下鸽色清净,出城的时候,醉倒在城门口。因此说“因六群比丘的话,在每家每户备好了鸽色清净”等等。这里,“鸽色”是指颜色像鸽子脚一样、泛着红光的东西。“清净”是酒液上层清液的另一种说法。“在律藏中起因”是说这事出现在饮酒学处中。巴利
232. Dasame chabbaggiyānaṃ vacanenāti kosambikā kira upāsakā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ ṭhitā evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ, bhante, ayyānaṃ dullabhañca manāpañca, kiṃ paṭiyādemā’’ti? Evaṃ vutte chabbaggiyā bhikkhū kosambike upāsake etadavocuṃ – ‘‘atthāvuso kāpotikā, nāma pasannā bhikkhūnaṃ dullabhā ca manāpā ca, taṃ paṭiyādethā’’ti. Atha kosambikā upāsakā ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ paṭiyādetvā āyasmantaṃ sāgataṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ disvā etadavocuṃ – ‘‘pivatu, bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ, pivatu, bhante, ayyo sāgato kāpotikaṃ pasanna’’nti. Athāyasmā sāgato ghare ghare kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ pivitvā nagaramhā nikkhamanto nagaradvāre pati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘chabbaggiyānaṃ vacanena sabbagehesu kāpotikaṃ pasannaṃ paṭiyādetvā’’tiādi. Tattha kāpotikā nāma kapotapādasamānavaṇṇā rattobhāsā. Pasannāti surāmaṇḍassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vinaye samuṭṭhitanti surāpānasikkhāpade (pāci. 326 ādayo) āgataṃ.
罗陀长老的故事巴利
Rādhattheravatthu
233 第十一节里说“导师给舍利弗长老示意”,意思是世尊示意让他去给那位婆罗门剃度出家,也就是下达了命令。据说,世尊看到那位婆罗门没能出家,人变得消瘦、粗糙、面色难看、浑身发黄,就把比丘们叫过来问:“各位比丘,有谁记得那位婆罗门的恩情?”这么一问,具寿舍利弗就对世尊说:“尊者,我记得那位婆罗门的恩情。”“舍利弗,你记得他什么恩情?”“尊者,那位婆罗门曾在王舍城,向正在托钵的我布施了一勺食物。尊者,我就记得他这份恩情。”“好,好,舍利弗。舍利弗,知恩报恩的人就是善士。那么,舍利弗,你就去给那位婆罗门剃度出家,为他授具足戒吧。”这段出自《无懈心本生经》的因缘故事。巴利
233. Ekādasame satthā sāriputtattherassa saññaṃ adāsīti brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājetuṃ saññaṃ adāsi, āṇāpesīti vuttaṃ hoti. Bhagavā kira taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbajjaṃ alabhitvā kisaṃ lūkhaṃ dubbaṇṇaṃ uppaṇḍuppaṇḍukajātaṃ disvā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘ko, bhikkhave, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ saratī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ahaṃ kho, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. Kiṃ pana tvaṃ, sāriputta, brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarasīti. Idha me, bhante, so brāhmaṇo rājagahe piṇḍāya carantassa kaṭacchubhikkhaṃ dāpesi, imaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, tassa brāhmaṇassa adhikāraṃ sarāmī’’ti. Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta. Kataññuno hi, sāriputta, sappurisā katavedino, tena hi tvaṃ, sāriputta, taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ pabbājehi upasampādehīti. Aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ āgatoti alīnacittajātakassa (jā. 1.2.11-12) aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ (jā. aṭṭha. 2.2.alīnacittajātakavaṇṇanā) āgato.
“宝藏”是指埋在各个地方、装满金银等的宝藏罐。“指引者”就像有人怜悯生活困苦的穷人,带他到藏宝的地方,伸出手说:“来,我教你一个安乐度日的方法。拿这个去,好好过日子吧。”他就像这样来指点的人。“见过失者”有两种:一种是专挑别人过失的人,心想“我要抓住他不妥当的地方或过失,在僧团中治他的罪”;另一种是为了让不知道的人知道、让已经知道的人增长,希望他的戒行等越来越好,因此观察种种过失,本意是为了把人拉拔起来。这里指的是后一种。就像穷困的穷人,即使被呵斥、被打,只要有人给他指出宝藏,他也不会生气,反而满心欢喜。同样,遇到这样的人指出你不妥当或有过失的地方时,不应该生气,而应该欢喜,还应该主动请求:“尊者,你们就像我的亲教师和戒师一样教导我,为我做了大功德。请你们继续教导我。”巴利
Nidhīnanti tattha tattha nidahitvā ṭhapitānaṃ hiraññasuvaṇṇādipūrānaṃ nidhikumbhīnaṃ. Pavattāranti kicchajīvike duggatamanusse anukampaṃ katvā ‘‘ehi, te sukhena jīvanupāyaṃ dassessāmī’’ti nidhiṭṭhānaṃ netvā hatthaṃ pasāretvā ‘‘imaṃ gahetvā sukhaṃ jīvā’’ti ācikkhitāraṃ viya. Vajjadassinanti dve vajjadassino ‘‘iminā naṃ asāruppena vā khalitena vā saṅghamajjhe niggaṇhissāmī’’ti randhagavesako ca, anaññātaṃ ñāpanatthāya ñātaṃ anuggaṇhanatthāya sīlādīnamassa vuddhikāmatāya taṃ taṃ vajjaṃ olokanena ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhito ca. Ayaṃ idha adhippeto. Yathā hi duggatamanusso ‘‘imaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti tajjetvāpi pothetvāpi nidhiṃ dassente kopaṃ na karoti, pamuditova hoti, evamevaṃ evarūpe puggale asāruppaṃ vā khalitaṃ vā disvā ācikkhante kopo na kātabbo, tuṭṭheneva bhavitabbaṃ. ‘‘Bhante, mahantaṃ vo kammaṃ kataṃ mayhaṃ ācariyupajjhāyaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā ovadantehi, punapi maṃ vadeyyāthā’’ti pavāretabbameva.
“呵责说者”是这样:有些人看到同住弟子等人做了不合适的事或犯了过失,心里想:“这个人平时恭敬地给我端洗脸水等来侍奉我,如果我说他,他就不再侍奉我了,这样我就会有所损失。”于是不敢说他,这种人就不叫呵责说者,他是在教法里撒垃圾。反过来,如果有人看到那样的过失,就按过失的轻重去训诫、驱遣、处罚、逐出精舍,来教导他,这才叫呵责说者,就像正自觉者那样。经里也确实这样说:“阿难,我要一再呵责而说,阿难,我要一再策励而说。有真髓的人,将会站住。”“智者”是指具备以法为光的智慧的人。“那样的人”是说应当亲近、侍奉这样的智者。因为亲近这样的善知识,作为弟子的只会变得更好,不会变坏,只会增长,不会退堕。巴利
Niggayhavādinti ekacco hi saddhivihārikādīnaṃ asāruppaṃ vā khalitaṃ vā disvā ‘‘ayaṃ me mukhodakadānādīhi sakkaccaṃ upaṭṭhahati, sace naṃ vakkhāmi, na maṃ upaṭṭhahissati, evaṃ me parihāni bhavissatī’’ti taṃ vattuṃ avisahanto na niggayhavādī nāma hoti, so imasmiṃ sāsane kacavaraṃ ākirati. Yo pana tathārūpaṃ vajjaṃ disvā vajjānurūpaṃ tajjento paṇāmento daṇḍakammaṃ karonto vihārā nīharanto sikkhāpeti, ayaṃ niggayhavādī nāma seyyathāpi, sammāsambuddho. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘niggayha niggayhāhaṃ, ānanda, vakkhāmi, pavayha pavayha , ānanda, vakkhāmi, yo sāro, so ṭhassatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.196). Medhāvinti dhammojapaññāya samannāgataṃ. Tādisanti evarūpaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhajeyya payirupāseyya. Tādisañhi ācariyaṃ bhajamānassa antevāsikassa seyyo hoti na pāpiyo, vaḍḍhiyeva hoti, no parihānīti.
摩伽罗阇长老的故事巴利
Mogharājattheravatthu
234 234. 关于“木车城”:那座城市之所以得到这个名字,是因为它因木制飞行器而得名。据说,过去波罗奈住着一位木匠,他在自己的木匠行当中独一无二,没有敌手。他有十六个弟子,每个弟子又各带一千名学童。这样,师父和弟子们总共一万六千零十七人,全都依靠波罗奈维持生计。他们到山边取了木材,就在那里做出各种宫殿构件,然后扎成木筏,顺着恒河运回波罗奈。如果国王有需要,他们就为国王造一层或七层的宫殿;如果不需要,就卖给其他人,以此养活妻儿。后来有一天,师父心想:“靠木匠活终究不能一直过下去,年纪大了,这活儿实在难做。”于是他把弟子们叫来,说:“孩子们,你们去把乌敦跋罗树之类木质松软的树取来。”他们答应一声“好”,就把树取来了。师父用这些木料做了一只木飞鸟,自己钻进它里面,用风力驱动机关。那只木飞鸟像金天鹅王一样腾空而起,在树林上空飞行,然后降落在弟子们面前。巴利
234. Dvādasame kaṭṭhavāhananagareti kaṭṭhavāhanena gahitattā evaṃladdhanāmake nagare. Atīte kira bārāṇasivāsī eko rukkhavaḍḍhakī sake ācariyake adutiyo. Tassa soḷasa sissā ekamekassa sahassaṃ antevāsikā. Evaṃ te sattarasādhikā soḷasa sahassā ācariyantevāsikā sabbepi bārāṇasiṃ upanissāya jīvikaṃ kappentā pabbatasamīpaṃ gantvā rukkhe gahetvā tattheva nānāpāsādavikatiyo niṭṭhāpetvā kullaṃ bandhitvā gaṅgāya bārāṇasiṃ ānetvā sace rājā atthiko hoti, rañño ekabhūmakaṃ vā sattabhūmakaṃ vā pāsādaṃ yojetvā denti. No ce, aññesampi vikkiṇitvā puttadāraṃ posenti. Atha nesaṃ ekadivasaṃ ācariyo ‘‘na sakkā vaḍḍhakikammena niccaṃ jīvituṃ, dukkarañhi jarākāle etaṃ kamma’’nti cintetvā antevāsike āmantesi – ‘‘tātā, udumbarādayo appasārarukkhe ānethā’’ti. Te ‘‘sādhū’’ti paṭissuṇitvā ānayiṃsu. So tehi kaṭṭhasakuṇaṃ katvā tassabbhantaraṃ pavisitvā vātena yantaṃ pūresi. Kaṭṭhasakuṇo suvaṇṇahaṃsarājā viya ākāse laṅghitvā vanassa upari caritvā antevāsīnaṃ purato oruhi.
这时,老师对弟子们说:“孩子们,照这样做成木制飞行器,就能夺取整个赡部洲的王权。你们也照样去做吧。夺到王权,我们才能活下去,靠木匠手艺过活实在太难了。”他们照办之后,禀告了老师。老师便问他们:“孩子们,我们夺哪个王国呢?”他们说:“老师,夺波罗奈国吧。”老师说:“算了,孩子们,别中意那个。就算夺到了,我们也摆脱不了‘木匠王’‘木匠王子’这类叫法。赡部洲大得很,我们到别处去吧。”于是他们带着妻儿,登上木制飞行器,全副武装,朝雪山方向出发,进入雪山中的一座城,直接降落在王宫里。他们在那里夺取了王权,为老师灌顶立为王。他从此以“木飞行器王”闻名,那座城因为被他占据,就得名“木飞行器城”。巴利
Athācariyo sisse āha – ‘‘tātā īdisāni kaṭṭhavāhanāni katvā sakkā sakalajambudīpe rajje gahetuṃ, tumhepi tātā etāni karotha, rajjaṃ gahetvā jīvissāma, dukkaraṃ vaḍḍhakisippena jīvitu’’nti. Te tathā katvā ācariyassa paṭivedesuṃ. Tato ne ācariyo āha – ‘‘katamaṃ tātā rajjaṃ gaṇhāmā’’ti? Bārāṇasirajjaṃ ācariyāti. Alaṃ tātā, mā etaṃ rucittha, mayañhi taṃ gahetvāpi ‘‘vaḍḍhakirājā, vaḍḍhakiyuvarājā’’ti vaḍḍhakivādā na muccissāma, mahanto jambudīpo, aññattha gacchāmāti. Tato saputtadārakā kaṭṭhavāhanāni abhiruhitvā sajjāvudhā hutvā himavantābhimukhā gantvā himavati aññataraṃ nagaraṃ pavisitvā rañño nivesaneyeva paccuṭṭhaṃsu. Te tattha rajjaṃ gahetvā ācariyaṃ rajje abhisiñciṃsu. So ‘‘kaṭṭhavāhano rājā’’ti pākaṭo ahosi, taṃ nagaraṃ tena gahitattā ‘‘kaṭṭhavāhananagara’’nteva nāmaṃ labhi.
修苦行就是修习苦行。说到“在石塔庙”,他坐在那块扁平石上,也就是帝释天所造的大殿堂里那块得了“石塔庙”之称的扁平石。据说,从前那块大石头上方是天神的住处,世尊出现以后,那里变成了一座精舍,所以人们就沿用旧名,称它为“石塔庙”。巴利
Tapacāranti tapacaraṇaṃ. Pāsāṇacetiye piṭṭhipāsāṇe nisīdīti pāsāṇakacetiyanti laddhavohāre piṭṭhipāsāṇe sakkena māpite mahāmaṇḍape nisīdi. Tattha kira mahato pāsāṇassa upari pubbe devaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi, uppanne pana bhagavati vihāro jāto, so teneva purimavohārena ‘‘pāsāṇacetiya’’nti vuccati.
在第十次被提问之后,他成了第二个提问的人,向导师请教问题:巴利
Tenapucchite dutiyo hutvā satthāraṃ pañhaṃ pucchīti –
婆和利问:“什么是头?什么是头的掉落?
世尊,请解说这件事,消除我们的疑惑,圣者啊。巴利
‘‘Muddhaṃ muddhādhipātañca, bāvarī paripucchati; Taṃ byākarohi bhagavā, kaṅkhaṃ vinaya no ise’’ti. (su. ni. 1031) –
他这样问之后,世尊便……巴利
Evaṃ tena pañhe pucchite bhagavatā ca –
你要知道,无明是头,明是砍掉那个头的东西。
与信、念、定相应,并与欲和精进结合。巴利
‘‘Avijjā muddhāti jānāhi, vijjā muddhādhipātinī; Saddhāsatisamādhīhi, chandavīriyena saṃyutā’’ti. (su. ni. 1032) –
在前一个问题被解答之后,他成为第二个人而提问。巴利
Pañhe vissajjite dutiyo hutvā pañhaṃ pucchi.
于是对他……(中略)……解说了问题:巴利
Athassa…pe… pañhaṃ kathesīti –
要怎样观察世间,死王才看不见呢?巴利
‘‘Kathaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī’’ti. (su. ni. 1124) –
于是,当问题被问起时——巴利
Tena pañhe pucchite –
摩伽罗阇,你要一直保持正念,以空来看待世间;
把我见彻底拔除,就能这样超越死亡。
这样观察世间的人,死魔之王看不见他。巴利
‘‘Suññato lokaṃ avekkhassu, mogharāja sadā sato; Attānudiṭṭhiṃ ūhacca, evaṃ maccutaro siyā; Evaṃ lokaṃ avekkhantaṃ, maccurājā na passatī’’ti. (su. ni. 1125) –
他回答了那个问题。巴利
Pañhaṃ vissajjesi.
“其余的人”是指在那个集会中聚集起来的其他人。“不被说”是指不会被说成“有这么多入流者(须陀洹)”等等。如此,这件事是在《彼岸道品》中发生的,也就是说,这件事发生在《彼岸道品》里。巴利
Sesajanāti tasmiṃ samāgame sannipatitā sesajanā. Na kathīyantīti ‘‘ettakā sotāpannā’’tiādinā na vuccanti. Evaṃ pārāyane vatthu samuṭṭhitanti pārāyanavagge idaṃ vatthu samuṭṭhitaṃ.
第十四 最上品巴利
14. Etadaggavaggo
(14)第五最上品品释巴利
(14) 5. Pañcamaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
大爱道长老尼的事迹巴利
Mahāpajāpatigotamītherīvatthu
235 235. 在《长老尼偈》注释的第一篇中,关于“即所谓大乔达弥”这一句,也有人读作“即所谓摩诃波阇波提·乔达弥”。其中,“乔达弥”是族姓。在命名那天,受到礼遇的婆罗门们看到她的相貌圆满,就预言说:“如果这个女子将来生女儿,就会成为转轮王的王后;如果生儿子,就会成为转轮王。”无论哪种情况,他们都断言“她的后代必定广大”。因此,因为儿子后代和女儿后代都很广大,人们就称她为“摩诃波阇波提”(大生主)。把这两者合在一起,就说成“摩诃波阇波提·乔达弥”。“次第乞食”是指按家户顺序接受布施。“取名”就是拿族姓当作名字。“姨母”指继母,母亲的姐妹就叫做姨母。“在《争论经》的结尾”:这是指《经集》中那部以“诤论与争论从何而来”等偈颂开头的《争论经》的结尾部分。这是依据《增支部》诵者的说法传统而说的。不过另一些人说:“是在同一部《经集》中,以‘执杖者的恐怖已生起’等偈颂开头的《执杖经》的结尾。”关于“出家而成为出家众”:这里说的是,他们是以“善来比丘”的方式出家的。正因如此,在《经集》的《执杖经》注释中这样说:“说法结束时,五百位释迦童子和拘利耶童子以‘善来比丘’的方式出家。世尊带着他们进入了摩诃林。”其余部分在这里很容易理解。巴利
235. Theripāḷisaṃvaṇṇanāya paṭhame yadidaṃ mahāgotamīti ettha ‘‘yadidaṃ mahāpajāpati gotamī’’ti ca paṭhanti. Tattha gotamīti gottaṃ. Nāmakaraṇadivase panassā laddhasakkārā brāhmaṇā lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘sace ayaṃ dhītaraṃ labhissati, cakkavattirañño mahesī bhavissati. Sace puttaṃ labhissati, cakkavattirājā bhavissatī’’ti ubhayathāpi ‘‘mahatīyevassā pajā bhavissatī’’ti byākariṃsu, tasmā puttapajāya ceva dhītupajāya ca mahantatāya ‘‘mahāpajāpatī’’ti vohariṃsu. Tadubhayaṃ pana saṃsandetvā ‘‘mahāpajāpatigotamī’’ti vuttaṃ. Vārabhikkhanti vārena dātabbaṃ bhikkhaṃ. Nāmaṃ akaṃsūti gottaṃyeva nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Mātucchanti cūḷamātaraṃ. Mātubhaginī hi mātucchāti vuccati. Kalahavivādasuttapariyosāneti ‘‘kutopahūtā kalahā vivādā’’tiādinā suttanipāte āgatassa kalahavivādasuttassa (su. ni. 868 ādayo) pariyosāne. Idañca aṅguttarabhāṇakānaṃ kathāmaggānusārena vuttaṃ. Apare pana ‘‘tasmiṃyeva suttanipāte ‘attadaṇḍābhayaṃ jāta’ntiādinā āgatassa attadaṇḍasuttassa (su. ni. 941 ādayo) pariyosāne’’ti vadanti. Nikkhamitvā pabbajitānanti ettha ehibhikkhupabbajjāya ete pabbajitāti vadanti. Teneva suttanipāte attadaṇḍasuttasaṃvaṇṇanāya (su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.942 ādayo) vuttaṃ – ‘‘desanāpariyosāne pañcasatā sākiyakumārā koḷiyakumārā ca ehibhikkhupabbajjāya pabbajitā. Te gahetvā bhagavā mahāvanaṃ pāvisī’’ti. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
差摩长老尼的故事巴利
Khemātherīvatthu
236 第二项中,“成为属他者”是指成为他人的女奴隶。“成为金汁色”是指变得像金汁一样。巴利
236. Dutiye parapariyāpannā hutvāti paresaṃ dāsī hutvā. Suvaṇṇarasapiñjaro ahosīti suvaṇṇarasapiñjaro viya ahosi.
蜘蛛网:就像蜘蛛织好一张丝网,自己躺在中间的网心,如果有小虫或苍蝇落到网边,它就飞快地冲过去刺穿它们,吸了它们的汁液,再回到原来的地方躺着。同样,那些被贪欲染污、被嗔恨败坏、被愚痴迷惑的众生,随顺着自己造作的渴爱之流,无法超越它,它就是如此难以超越。智者断此而离去:意思是,智者们断除这个束缚后,无所牵挂、无所执著,依靠阿罗汉道断除一切苦而离去、前行。巴利
Makkaṭakovajālanti yathā nāma makkaṭako suttajālaṃ katvā majjhaṭṭhāne nābhimaṇḍale nipanno pariyante patitaṃ paṭaṅgaṃ vā makkhikaṃ vā vegena gantvā vijjhitvā tassa rasaṃ pivitvā punāgantvā tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne nipajjati, evameva ye sattā rāgarattā dosapaduṭṭhā mohamūḷhā sayaṃkataṃ taṇhāsotaṃ anupatanti, te taṃ samatikkamituṃ na sakkonti, evaṃ duratikkamaṃ. Etampi chetvāna vajanti dhīrāti paṇḍitā etaṃ bandhanaṃ chinditvā anapekkhino nirālayā hutvā arahattamaggena sabbaṃ dukkhaṃ pahāya vajanti gacchantīti attho.
莲华色长老尼的故事巴利
Uppalavaṇṇātherīvatthu
237 第三项本身浅显易懂。巴利
237. Tatiyaṃ uttānatthameva.
帕塔查拉长老尼的故事巴利
Paṭācārātherīvatthu
238 第四项中,“以一百神变”也就是“以一百扇门”。因为paṭihāra一词也见于门与守门人之义。“同族”是指自己家附近。巴利
238. Catutthe paṭihārasatenapīti dvārasatenapi. Paṭihārasaddo hi dvāre dovārike ca dissati. Kulasabhāganti attano gehasamīpaṃ.
“救护”是指成为救护的状态,也就是作为依止的意义。“亲族”是指除了子女和父母之外,其余的血亲和好友。“被死神所侵袭的人”是指被死亡所征服的人。因为在日常生活中,子女等亲人虽然能通过给予饮食等物资、帮忙处理眼前的事情而成为救护,但到了临终的时候,他们用任何办法都无法阻挡死亡;所以从“救护”和“庇护”的意义来说,他们其实算不上是救护。因此才说:“在亲族之中并没有救护。”巴利
Tāṇāyāti tāṇabhāvāya patiṭṭhānatthāya. Bandhavāti putte ca pitaro ca ṭhapetvā avasesā ñātisuhajjā. Antakenādhipannassāti maraṇena abhibhūtassa. Pavattiyañhi puttādayo annapānādidānena ceva uppannakiccanittharaṇena ca tāṇā hutvāpi maraṇakāle kenaci upāyena maraṇaṃ paṭibāhituṃ asamatthatāya tāṇatthāya leṇatthāya na santi nāma. Teneva vuttaṃ – ‘‘natthi ñātīsu tāṇatā’’ti.
智者明白:他们彼此根本没法成为救护,这种无能本身就是原因。于是他靠四遍清净戒来约束自己、守护自己、保护自己,迅速净化那条通往涅槃的八支圣道。这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Etamatthavasanti etaṃ tesaṃ aññamaññassa tāṇaṃ bhavituṃ asamatthabhāvasaṅkhātaṃ kāraṇaṃ jānitvā paṇḍito catupārisuddhisīlena saṃvuto rakkhitagopito hutvā nibbānagamanaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ sīghaṃ sodheyyāti attho.
法乐长老尼的故事巴利
Dhammadinnātherīvatthu
239 239. 在“第五种,于他人支配之处”这一句里,指的是处于他人婢女地位。说到“曾为善生长老作供养业”:据说她卖掉自己的头发,供养名为善生的上首弟子长老,然后发了愿。这句话就是针对那段因缘说的。“向伸出的手”:为了让她倚靠他的手,按照往昔的习惯把手伸了出去。据说,那位居士证得不来果之后回家时,不像往日那样东张西望、含笑带笑地走来,那天他没有那样,而是诸根寂静、心意寂静地走来。法乐打开狮窗,望着街道,看见他来的样子,心想:“这是怎么回事?”于是出去迎接,站在阶梯顶端,为了让他扶住而伸出手。居士却把自己的手收了回去。她想:“到吃早饭的时候就能知道了。”这位居士以前都和她一起吃,但那天没有通知她,独自像一位修行的比丘那样吃了。因此说:“即使在吃饭时,也不说‘给这个,拿走这个’。”其中,“给这个”就是“给这个嚼食或主食”;“拿走这个”就是“拿走这个嚼食或主食”。“由于亲近的惯习”:是指由于烦恼的亲密惯习。就像瓶中长久燃烧的灯焰,在里面炽燃,她被内在的炽燃因缘所催动,于是说道:“既然如此……那么请允许我出家吧。”巴利
239. Pañcame parāyattaṭṭhāneti paresaṃ dāsiṭṭhāne. Sujātattherassa adhikārakammaṃ katvāti sā kira attano kese vikkiṇitvā sujātattherassa nāma aggasāvakassa dānaṃ datvā patthanaṃ akāsi . Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Hatthe pasāriteti tassa hatthāvalambanatthaṃ pubbāciṇṇavasena hatthe pasārite. So kira anāgāmī hutvā gehaṃ āgacchanto yathā aññesu divasesu ito cito ca olokento sitaṃ kurumāno hasamāno āgacchati, evaṃ anāgantvā santindriyo santamānaso hutvā agamāsi. Dhammadinnā sīhapañjaraṃ ugghāṭetvā vīthiṃ olokayamānā tassa āgamanākāraṃ disvā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho eta’’nti cintetvā tassa paccuggamanaṃ kurumānā sopānasīse ṭhatvā olambanatthaṃ hatthaṃ pasāresi. Upāsako attano hatthaṃ samiñjesi. Sā ‘‘pātarāsabhojanakāle jānissāmī’’ti cintesi. Upāsako pubbe tāya saddhiṃ ekato bhuñjati. Taṃ divasaṃ pana taṃ anapaloketvā yogāvacarabhikkhu viya ekakova bhuñji. Tenāha – ‘‘bhuñjamānopi imaṃ detha, imaṃ harathāti na byāharī’’ti. Tattha imaṃ dethāti imaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā detha. Imaṃ harathāti imaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā apaharatha. Santhavavasenāti kilesasanthavavasena. Cirakālaparibhāvitāya ghaṭadīpajālāya viya abbhantare dibbamānāya hetusampattiyā codiyamānā āha – ‘‘evaṃ sante…pe… mayhaṃ pabbajjaṃ anujānāthā’’ti.
这位长者只是待在自己家里,就已经达到了苦的尽头。据说,当她听到他说“法乐,你没有过错,但从今天起,因为亲近的习惯……我要回自己家去”之后,她这样想:“一个普通人是不可能说出这种话的,他一定是证悟了出世间法。”于是她生起了这样的念头:“这位长者只是待在自己家里,就已经达到了苦的尽头。”不过《中部义注》里则记载:她心想:“那你为什么连像往常那样跟我随便说几句话都不肯呢?这出世间法既重大又深广,不该随便公开宣说;可是如果我不告诉她,她一定会心碎而死。”为了照顾她,他才告诉她说:“法乐,我听了导师佛陀说法之后,证得了所谓的出世间法。对已经证得这个法的人来说,这类世俗的做法已经不合适了。”巴利
Ayaṃ tāva seṭṭhi gharamajjhe ṭhitova dukkhassantaṃ akāsīti sā kira ‘‘dhammadinne tuyhaṃ doso natthi, ahaṃ pana ajja paṭṭhāya santhavavasena…pe… kulagharaṃ gacchā’’ti vutte evaṃ cintesi – ‘‘pakatipuriso evaṃ vattā nāma natthi, addhā etena lokuttaradhammo nāma paṭividdho’’ti. Tenassā ayaṃ saṅkappo ahosi ‘‘ayaṃ tāva seṭṭhi gharamajjhe ṭhitova dukkhassantaṃ akāsī’’ti. Majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.460) pana ‘‘atha kasmā mayā saddhiṃ yathāpakatiyā ālāpasallāpamattampi na karothāti so cintesi – ‘ayaṃ lokuttaradhammo nāma garu bhāriyo na pakāsetabbo; sace kho panāhaṃ na kathessāmi, ayaṃ hadayaṃ phāletvā ettheva kālaṃ kareyyā’ti tassā anuggahatthāya kathesi – ‘dhammadinne ahaṃ satthu dhammadesanaṃ sutvā lokuttaradhammaṃ nāma adhigato, taṃ adhigatassa evarūpā lokiyakiriyā na vaṭṭatī’’’ti vuttaṃ.
他依据五蕴等来提问,就像《小方广经》里所说的那样问道:“尊者,人们常说‘有身、有身’,那么,尊者,世尊所说的有身到底是什么呢?”对于她所问的每一个问题,她都按照经中所示的方式回答:“毗舍佉贤友,世尊说,这五种取蕴就是有身。”所谓“敏锐”,就是犀利。对于还没有证得阿罗汉道的人来说,如果不经过领受,那个问题就不会在心中现起,所以说:“凭借领受的力量,他甚至对阿罗汉道也提出了询问。”所谓“她制止了那个问题”,就是当被问到“尊者,那么解脱以什么为对应呢?”她回答说“毗舍佉贤友,解脱以涅槃为对应”,接着又被追问“尊者,那么涅槃以什么为对应呢?”这时她便制止了那个问题,说道:“毗舍佉贤友,你问过头了。”等等。这里“你问过头了”的意思是:问了不该问的,就成了越过问题界限的人。“他无法把握问题的边际”,是说无法把握问题的界限和分寸。因为他没有在适合把握问题界限的地方停下来,却还继续追问,所以无法把握问题的边际。他问了一个没有对应之法的对应物。涅槃这个东西本来就没有对应物,不可能用青色或黄色等任何一种法作为对应物来显示,而你却怀着这样的意图去问它。所谓“落入涅槃”,就是已经深入涅槃而安住,也就是已进入涅槃、已契入涅槃的意思。所谓“以涅槃为归宿”,就是涅槃是他的最终去处,他不会再越过涅槃而前往别处,也就是以涅槃为终点、为最终归宿的意思。巴利
Pañcakkhandhādivasena pañhe pucchīti ‘‘sakkāyo sakkāyoti ayye vuccati, katamo nu kho ayye sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā’’tiādinā cūḷavedallasutte (ma. ni. 1.460 ādayo) āgatanayena pucchi. Pucchitaṃ pucchitaṃ vissajjesīti ‘‘pañca kho ime, āvuso visākha, upādānakkhandhā sakkāyo vutto bhagavatā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.460 ādayo) tattheva āgatanayena vissajjesi. Sūrabhāvanti tikkhabhāvaṃ. Anadhigataarahattamaggassa uggahena vinā tattha pañho na upaṭṭhātīti āha – ‘‘uggahavasena arahattamaggepi pucchī’’ti. Taṃ nivattentīti ‘‘vimuttiyā panāyye kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti pucchite ‘‘vimuttiyā kho, āvuso visākha, nibbānaṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti (ma. ni. 1.466) vutte ‘‘nibbānassa, panāyye, kiṃ paṭibhāgo’’ti puna pucchite taṃ nivattentī ‘‘accasarāvusovisākhā’’tiādimāha. Tattha accasarāti apucchitabbaṃ pucchanto pañhaṃ atikkāmitā ahosīti attho. Nāsakkhi pañhānaṃ pariyantaṃ gahetunti pañhānaṃ paricchedappamāṇaṃ gahetuṃ nāsakkhi. Pañhānañhi paricchedaṃ gahetuṃ yuttaṭṭhāne aṭṭhatvā tato paraṃ pucchanto nāsakkhi pañhānaṃ pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ. Appaṭibhāgadhammassa ca paṭibhāgaṃ pucchi. Nibbānaṃ nāmetaṃ appaṭibhāgaṃ, na sakkā nīlaṃ vā pītakaṃ vāti kenaci dhammena saddhiṃ paṭibhāgaṃ katvā dassetuṃ, tañca tvaṃ iminā adhippāyena pucchasīti attho. Nibbānogadhanti nibbānaṃ ogāhetvā ṭhitaṃ, nibbānantogadhaṃ nibbānaṃ anuppaviṭṭhanti attho. Nibbānaparāyaṇanti nibbānaṃ paraṃ ayanamassa parāgati, na tato paraṃ gacchatīti attho. Nibbānaṃ pariyosānaṃ avasānaṃ assāti nibbānapariyosānaṃ.
“前”是指在过去诸蕴中。“后”是指在未来诸蕴中。“中”是指在现在诸蕴中。“无所有”的意思是:如果有人在这三种蕴中没有那被称为渴爱执取的“所有”,那么我就说此人是“无所有”——因为贪等“所有”都不存在,没有任何可以被抓取的东西,所以他是无执取的婆罗门。这就是这句话的意思。巴利
Pureti atītesu khandhesu. Pacchāti anāgatesu khandhesu. Majjheti paccuppannesu khandhesu. Akiñcananti yassa etesu tīsu taṇhāgāhasaṅkhātaṃ kiñcanaṃ natthi, tamahaṃ rāgakiñcanādīhi akiñcanaṃ kassaci gahaṇassa abhāvena anādānaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ vadāmīti attho.
所谓“智者”,就是具备一种被称为“通晓界、处等”的智慧的人。对此确实说过:巴利
Paṇḍitāti dhātuāyatanādikusalatāsaṅkhātena paṇḍiccena samannāgatā. Vuttañhetaṃ –
尊者,到底要具备什么条件,才算得上是智者呢?阿难,当一位比丘对界善巧、对处善巧、对缘起善巧、对是处非处善巧时,阿难,到这个程度,这位比丘就可以称为智者了。巴利
‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, paṇḍito hoti? Yato kho, ānanda, bhikkhu dhātukusalo ca hoti āyatanakusalo ca paṭiccasamuppādakusalo ca ṭhānāṭṭhānakusalo ca, ettāvatā kho, ānanda, bhikkhu paṇḍito hotī’’ti.
“大慧”是指:具备这样的智慧——能够掌握广大的义理、广大的法、广大的言辞表达、广大的辩才。这位长老尼因为已经证得无学无碍解,并且安住在圆满的无碍解中,所以她的智慧广大。所谓“如法乐所记”,意思是:就像法乐比丘尼所解说的那样,我也要同样地解说。“taṃ”是语助词。巴利
Mahāpaññāti mahante atthe mahante dhamme mahantā niruttiyo mahantāni paṭibhānāni pariggahaṇe samatthāya paññāya samannāgatā. Imissā hi theriyā asekkhappaṭisambhidāppattatāya paṭisambhidāyo pūretvā ṭhitatāya paññāmahattaṃ. Yathā taṃ dhammadinnāyāti yathā dhammadinnāya bhikkhuniyā byākataṃ, ahaṃ evameva byākareyyanti attho. Tanti nipātamatthaṃ.
难陀长老尼的故事巴利
Nandātherīvatthu
240 第六处:“不见别的道路”,意思是看不到其他办法。“放心”就是没有疑虑。“女相”指女人的美相,也就是说的可爱容貌。在《法句》中说了偈颂之后——巴利
240. Chaṭṭhe aññaṃ maggaṃ apassantīti aññaṃ upāyaṃ apassantī. Vissatthāti nirāsaṅkā. Itthinimittanti itthiyā subhanimittaṃ, subhākāranti vuttaṃ hoti. Dhammapade gāthaṃ vatvāti –
这座城以骨头搭成,外面涂着血肉;
老、死、慢和嫉妒,都寄宿于其中。巴利
‘‘Aṭṭhīnaṃ nagaraṃ kataṃ, maṃsalohitalepanaṃ; Yattha jarā ca maccu ca, māno makkho ca ohito’’ti. (dha. pa. 150) –
说完这首偈颂。这里的意思是:就像人们为了储藏稻谷等东西,把木头立起来,用藤蔓绑住,再涂上泥土,在外面造一座叫做“城”的房子;同样,这个内在的身体也是把三百块骨头立起来,用筋腱捆扎,涂上血肉,再盖上皮肤,为了储藏以衰老为特征的老、以死亡为特征的死、依健康圆满等条件而生起的慢,以及以毁坏善行功德为特征的覆藏,才造成了这座城。这里所储藏的,正是这样的身心之病,除此之外,再没有什么可以执取的了。巴利
Imaṃ gāthaṃ vatvā. Tatrāyamadhippāyo – yatheva hi pubbaṇṇāparaṇṇādīnaṃ odahanatthāya kaṭṭhāni ussāpetvā vallīhi bandhitvā mattikāya vilimpitvā nagarasaṅkhātaṃ bahiddhā gehaṃ karonti, evamidaṃ ajjhattikampi tīṇi aṭṭhisatāni ussāpetvā nhāruvinaddhaṃ maṃsalohitalepanaṃ tacapaṭicchannaṃ jīraṇalakkhaṇāya jarāya maraṇalakkhaṇassa maccuno ārogyasampadādīni paṭicca uppajjanalakkhaṇassa mānassa sukatakāraṇavināsanalakkhaṇassa makkhassa ca odahanatthāya nagaraṃ kataṃ. Evarūpo eva hi ettha kāyikacetasiko ābādho ohito, ito uddhaṃ kiñci gayhūpagaṃ natthīti.
说了这部经。巴利
Suttaṃ abhāsīti –
无论是在行走,还是站立,或是坐着,又或者是躺着;
弯曲和伸展,这就是身体的动摇。
骨头和筋腱绑在一起,外面裹着皮和肉;
身体被一层薄皮包住,所以不能如实看见它。巴利
‘‘Caraṃ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṃ, nisinno uda vā sayaṃ; Samiñjeti pasāreti, esā kāyassa iñjanā. ‘‘Aṭṭhinahārusaṃyutto, tacamaṃsāvalepano; Chaviyā kāyo paṭicchanno, yathābhūtaṃ na dissatī’’ti. (su. ni. 195-196) –
他以这个开头讲说了这部经。巴利
Ādinā suttamabhāsi.
索那长老尼的故事巴利
Soṇātherīvatthu
241 第七个故事:应当知道,她把所有儿女都各自安顿到各自的家里之后,心想:“儿子们自然会照顾我,我还要单独留一份家产做什么呢?”于是把全部财产也分给了他们。正因如此,从那时起,当她来到儿女们身边时,他们连“这是母亲”的念头都不曾生起。果然,没过几天,长子的妻子就说:“哎呀,我们这位大少爷对我可真上心,他就好像因为长子而分得了两份财产一样,老往我们家跑。”其他儿子的妻子也都这样说。当她去长女等女儿们的家时,她们也同样这样说。她受到轻慢后,心想:“我在这些人身边住着有什么用?不如出家做比丘尼活下去。”于是前往比丘尼精舍请求出家,她们便让她出家了。为了说明这件事,记述者说:“多子索那看出儿女们对自己不恭敬,心想:‘过在家生活有什么用呢?’便离家出家了。”巴利
241. Sattame sabbepi visuṃ visuṃ gharāvāse patiṭṭhāpesīti ettha sabbepi visuṃ visuṃ gharāvāse patiṭṭhāpetvā ‘‘puttāva maṃ paṭijaggissanti, kiṃ me visuṃ kuṭumbenā’’ti sabbaṃ sāpateyyampi vibhajitvā adāsīti veditabbaṃ. Teneva hi tato paṭṭhāya ‘‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ kiṃ karissatī’’ti attano santikaṃ āgataṃ ‘‘mātā’’ti saññampi na kariṃsu. Tathā hi naṃ katipāhaccayena jeṭṭhaputtassa bhariyā ‘‘aho amhākaṃ ayaṃ jeṭṭheputto meti dve koṭṭhāse datvā viya imameva gehaṃ āgacchatī’’ti āha. Sesaputtānaṃ bhariyāyopi evamevaṃ vadiṃsu. Jeṭṭhadhītaraṃ ādiṃ katvā tāsaṃ gehaṃ gatakāle tāpi naṃ evameva vadiṃsu. Sā avamānappattā hutvā ‘‘kiṃ me imesaṃ santike vutthena, bhikkhunī hutvā jīvissāmī’’ti bhikkhunīupassayaṃ gantvā pabbajjaṃ yāci, tā naṃ pabbājesuṃ. Imameva vatthuṃ dassento ‘‘bahuputtikasoṇā tesaṃ attani agāravabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘gharāvāsena kiṃ karissāmī’ti nikkhamitvā pabbajī’’ti āha.
“前往精舍”是指比丘尼们前往比丘的精舍。“无上法”是指九种出世间法。之所以叫无上法,是因为如果有人见不到这个法,那么即使他活一百年,也不如见到这个法、通达这个法的人活一天、活一刹那。“外来人”是就来到精舍的比丘尼众说的。“不加留意”就是没有注意。巴利
Vihāraṃ gacchantiyoti bhikkhuvihāraṃ gacchantiyo. Dhammamuttamanti navavidhalokuttaradhammaṃ. So hi uttamadhammo nāma yo hi taṃ na passati, tassa vassasatampi jīvanato taṃ dhammaṃ passantassa paṭivijjhantassa ekāhampi ekakkhaṇampi jīvitaṃ seyyo. Āgantukajanoti vihāragataṃ bhikkhunījanaṃ sandhāya vadati. Anupadhāretvāti asallakkhetvā.
薄拘罗长老尼的故事巴利
Bakulātherīvatthu
242 第八,内容浅显易懂。巴利
242. Aṭṭhamaṃ uttānatthameva.
昆达拉克萨长老尼的故事巴利
Kuṇḍalakesātherīvatthu
243 243. 在第九首偈颂中,“四衢”指的是十字路口。四种东西合在一起,就叫“四集”。“从牢狱”是指从束缚人的监狱里。“解救出”意思是拔出来、救出来。巴利
243. Navame catukketi vīthicatukke. Catunnaṃ samāhāro catukkaṃ. Cārakatoti bandhanāgārato. Ubbaṭṭetvāti uddharitvā.
哪怕只是一瞬间,也能用当下生起的智慧,去思惟与那一刹那相应的义理。“即使有上千首偈颂,却都是无意义的语句”——这首偈颂是世尊对达鲁奇利亚长老说的,这里也引用了同一首偈颂。在《长老尼偈注》中,阿阇黎法护长老在昆达拉凯萨长老尼的故事里也引用了这首偈颂。不过在《法句经注》的昆达拉凯萨长老尼故事里——巴利
Muhuttamapi cintayeti muhuttaṃ taṅkhaṇampi ṭhānuppattikapaññāya taṅkhaṇānurūpaṃ atthaṃ cintituṃ sakkuṇeyya. Sahassamapi ce gāthā, anatthapadasaṃhitāti ayaṃ gāthā dārucīriyattherassa bhagavatā bhāsitā, idhāpi ca sāyeva gāthā dassitā. Therigāthāsaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ ācariyadhammapālattherenapi kuṇḍalakesittheriyā vatthumhi ayameva gāthā vuttā. Dhammapadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana kuṇḍalakesittheriyā vatthumhi –
就算有人能念诵一百首偈颂,但里面全是没意义的话;
宁可只受持一句法句,听过之后就能让心寂静下来。巴利
‘‘Yo ca gāthāsataṃ bhāse, anatthapadasaṃhitā; Ekaṃ dhammapadaṃ seyyo, yaṃ sutvā upasammatī’’ti. (dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.102) –
这首偈颂是引录而来的。按照各位诵者各自传承的说法,它在不同地方就是那样被讲述的,所以在这里不应该怀疑阿阇黎有前后矛盾。巴利
Ayaṃ gāthā āgatā. Taṃtaṃbhāṇakānaṃ kathāmaggānusārena tattha tattha tathā vuttanti na idha ācariyassa pubbāparavirodho saṅkitabbo.
跋陀跋陀·迦毗罗长老尼与跋陀迦旃延长老尼的故事巴利
Bhaddākāpilānītherī-bhaddākaccānātherīvatthu
244-245 第十和第十一,这两首偈的意思本身就很浅显易懂。巴利
244-245. Dasamaṃ ekādasamañca uttānatthameva.
翅舍·乔达弥长老尼的故事巴利
Kisāgotamītherīvatthu
246 在第十二首偈颂里,“以三种粗劣”指的是衣料粗劣、线粗劣、染料粗劣这三种粗劣。“成就义”就是指芥子。巴利
246. Dvādasame tīhi lūkhehīti vatthalūkhasuttalūkharajanalūkhasaṅkhātehi tīhi lūkhehi. Siddhatthakanti sāsapabījaṃ.
那人因为儿女和牲畜而得意忘形:他得到了相貌端正、力壮等条件都好的儿女和牲畜之后,心里想:“我的儿子们长得好看、身强力壮、聪明能干,什么事都能做;我的公牛没病、模样好,能驮重担;我的母牛产奶多。”就这样,他因为儿女和牲畜而昏了头。
心被粘住:对眼睛能看到的等各种对象,对金银钱财等,或者对已经得到的钵和袈裟等,不管得到什么,心就粘在那上面、挂在那上面,放不下。
睡着的村庄:指已经进入睡眠状态的一群
如大洪水:犹如深广的大河洪流卷走这样的村庄,连狗都不剩,带走一切;同样,死魔也将如上述之人带走。这是其含义。
不死之境:没有死亡之处,也就是无死的大般涅槃,这是其含义。其余内容浅显易懂。巴利
Taṃ puttapasusammattanti taṃ rūpabalādisampanne putte ca pasū ca labhitvā ‘‘mama puttā abhirūpā balasampannā paṇḍitā sabbakiccasamatthā, mama goṇo arogo abhirūpo mahābhāravaho, mama gāvī bahukhīrā’’ti evaṃ puttehi ca pasūhi ca sammattaṃ naraṃ. Byāsattamanasanti cakkhuviññeyyādīsu ārammaṇesu hiraññasuvaṇṇādīsu pattacīvarādīsu vā yaṃ yaṃ laddhaṃ hoti, tattha tattheva lagganāya sattamānasaṃ. Suttaṃ gāmanti niddaṃ upagataṃ sattakāyaṃ. Mahoghovāti yathā evarūpaṃ gāmaṃ gambhīrato vitthārato ca mahanto mahānadiogho antamaso sunakhampi asesetvā sabbaṃ ādāya gacchati, evaṃ vuttappakāraṃ naraṃ maccu ādāya gacchatīti attho. Amataṃ padanti maraṇarahitaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ, amataṃ mahānibbānanti attho. Sesamettha uttānameva.
豺狼母长老尼的故事巴利
Siṅgālakamātātherīvatthu
247 第十三首偈的意思本身就很清楚。巴利
247. Terasamaṃ uttānatthameva.
第十四 如此是最上品巴利
14. Etadaggavaggo
第六最上品注释巴利
(14) 6. Chaṭṭhaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
提谓与跋利迦的故事巴利
Tapussa-bhallikavatthu
248 248. 在《近事男巴利》的注释中,第一句“最先皈依者”是指在一切人中最先皈依的人。“从那时以后”是指过了七个七天之后。“使其中断行程”是说他令他们的行程中断。就像那些牛扔掉轭,即使被打也不肯走,他就是这样做的。“对他们”指提谓与跋利迦二人。“附体”就是进入、附身。“夜叉的旋涡”就是夜叉所起的旋涡,其余各处也照这样理解。“观察过去诸佛的惯例”就是观察过去诸佛用什么钵受食,这是诸佛的惯例。“住立于二语皈依”:因为僧团还没有出现,所以依佛与法二者确立皈依。“塔庙”就是可供供养的对象。“现前生发界”指世尊在世时的头发舍利。巴利
248. Upāsakapāḷisaṃvaṇṇanāya paṭhame sabbapaṭhamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchantānanti sabbesaṃ paṭhamaṃ hutvā saraṇaṃ gacchantānaṃ. Ito paranti sattasattāhato paraṃ. Gamanūpacchedaṃ akāsīti gamanavicchedaṃ akāsi. Yathā te goṇā dhuraṃ chaḍḍetvā pothiyamānāpi na gacchanti, tathā akāsīti attho. Tesanti tapussabhallikānaṃ. Adhimuccitvāti āvisitvā. Yakkhassa āvaṭṭo yakkhāvaṭṭo. Evaṃ sesesupi. Atītabuddhānaṃ āciṇṇaṃ olokesīti atītabuddhā kena bhājanena paṭiggaṇhiṃsūti buddhāciṇṇaṃ olokesi. Dvevācike saraṇe patiṭṭhāyāti saṅghassa anuppannattā buddhadhammavasena dvevācike saraṇe patiṭṭhahitvā. Cetiyanti pūjanīyavatthuṃ. Jīvakesadhātuyāti jīvamānassa bhagavato kesadhātuyā.
给孤独长者的事迹巴利
Anāthapiṇḍikaseṭṭhivatthu
249 第二段,“以同样的功德”是指以同样的施主身份这种功德。因为他一切所欲都圆满,远离了悭吝,又具足悲悯等功德,所以恒常不断地给无依无靠的人施食。因此,他任何时候都备有给无依者的食物,就得到了“给孤独”这个称号。“在每一由旬处建造精舍”,就是在每隔一由旬的地方各建一座精舍。说了“他做了这样的布施”之后,为了详细分析这种布施,又说“每天有五种筹食”等等。其中,用筹签领取的食物叫筹食;每半月应供一天的食物叫半月食;放在固定处所供养的食物叫常设食;供给外来比丘的食物叫客食。其余的也照这样类推。精舍里常设五百个座位,就是常有五百位比丘坐着进食,所以精舍内固定设置了五百个座位。巴利
249. Dutiye teneva guṇenāti teneva dāyakabhāvasaṅkhātena guṇena. So hi sabbakāmasamiddhatāya vigatamaccheratāya karuṇādiguṇasamaṅgitāya ca niccakālaṃ anāthānaṃ piṇḍamadāsi. Tena sabbakālaṃ upaṭṭhito anāthānaṃ piṇḍo etassa atthīti anāthapiṇḍikoti saṅkhaṃ gato. Yojanikavihāre kāretvāti yojane yojane ekamekaṃ vihāraṃ kāretvā. ‘‘Evarūpaṃ dānaṃ pavattesī’’ti vatvā tameva dānaṃ vibhajitvā dassento ‘‘devasikaṃ pañca salākabhattāni hontī’’tiādimāha. Tattha salākāya gāhetabbaṃ bhattaṃ salākabhattaṃ. Ekasmiṃ pakkhe ekadivasaṃ dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ pakkhikabhattaṃ. Dhuragehe ṭhapetvā dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ dhurabhattaṃ. Āgantukānaṃ dātabbaṃ bhattaṃ āgantukabhattaṃ. Evaṃ sesesupi. Pañca āsanasatāni gehe niccapaññattāneva hontīti gehe nisīdāpetvā bhuñjantānaṃ pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ pañca āsanasatāni niccapaññattāni honti.
质多居士的故事巴利
Cittagahapativatthu
250 第三,鹿就是鹿的样子。令受食:就是劝请说“尊者,请慈愍我,在这里坐下接受食物”,为了让他接受食物而这样劝请。为了出离而积累的抉择分善法,是亲依止缘。他只宣说了六处分别:他只讲了与六处分别相应的法。由长老:指当时聚集在那里所有人中居首的大长老。无法解答问题:质多居士以这样的心问道:“尊者长老,世间生起种种恶见,如‘世间是常’、‘世间是无常’、‘世间有边’、‘世间无边’、‘命就是身’、‘命与身是异’、‘如来死后存在’、‘如来死后不存在’、‘如来死后亦存在亦不存在’、‘如来死后非存在非不存在’,以及《梵网经》所列举的这六十二种恶见,尊者,这些恶见在什么存在时才存在,在什么不存在时才不存在?”如此等等。被这样问时,他无法解答这个问题。据说,这个大长老被问到第三次时,仍然沉默不语。这时伊西达答长老心想:“这位长老自己既不解答,也不请别人回答,而这位居士又在困扰比丘僧团。我来解答这个问题,让他安住下来。”这样想后,他从座位起身,走到长老面前,说:“尊者,我来为质多居士解答这个问题。”这样说后,长老对伊西达答说:“伊西达答贤友,你来为质多居士解答这个问题。”因此说“无法解答问题,被请求”。巴利
250. Tatiye migā eva migarūpāni. Bhikkhaṃ samādāpetvāti, ‘‘bhante, mayhaṃ anuggahaṃ karotha, idha nisīditvā bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti bhikkhāgahaṇatthaṃ samādāpetvā . Vivaṭṭaṃ uddissa upacitaṃ nibbedhabhāgiyakusalaṃ upanissayo. Saḷāyatanavibhattimeva desesīti saḷāyatanavibhāgappaṭisaṃyuttameva dhammakathaṃ kathesi. Therenāti tattha sannihitānaṃ sabbesaṃ jeṭṭhena mahātherena. Pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ asakkontenāti cittena gahapatinā ‘‘yā imā, bhante thera, anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti, ‘sassato loko’ti vā, ‘asassato loko’ti vā, ‘antavā loko’ti vā, ‘anantavā loko’ti vā, ‘taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīra’nti vā, ‘aññaṃ jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīra’nti vā, ‘hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’ti vā, ‘na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’ti vā, ‘hoti ca na hoti ca tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’ti vā, ‘neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’ti vā yāni cimāni dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni brahmajāle gaṇitāni, imā nu kho, bhante, diṭṭhiyo kismiṃ sati honti, kismiṃ asati na hontī’’ti evamādinā (saṃ. ni. 4.345) pañhe puṭṭhe taṃ pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ asakkontena. Imaṃ kira pañhaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ puṭṭho mahāthero tuṇhī ahosi. Atha isidattatthero cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ thero neva attanā byākaroti, na aññaṃ ajjhesati, upāsako ca bhikkhusaṅghaṃ vihesati, ahametaṃ byākaritvā phāsuvihāraṃ katvā dassāmī’’ti. Evaṃ cintetvā ca āsanato vuṭṭhāya therassa santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘byākaromahaṃ, bhante, cittassa gahapatino etaṃ pañha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.345) āha. Evaṃ vutte thero ‘‘byākarohi tvaṃ, āvuso isidatta, cittassa gahapatino etaṃ pañha’’nti isidattaṃ ajjhesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘pañhaṃ vissajjetuṃ asakkontena ajjhiṭṭho’’ti.
他解答了问题,也就是用这样的方式回答:居士,世间生起的种种见解,比如“世间是常”“世间是无常”……乃至《梵网经》里列出的六十二种见解,居士,这些见解都是因为有身见才存在,没有身见就不存在。就这样解答了问题。接着说明质多居士知道长老原来是他在家时的朋友:质多居士对长老的回答感到满意,就问:尊者,圣者伊西达答是从哪里来的?长老回答:居士,我从阿槃提来。居士又问:尊者,在阿槃提有一位叫伊西达答的善男子,是我们没见过面的朋友,他出家了,尊者见过他吗?长老说:是的,居士。居士再问:尊者,那位圣者现在住在哪里?长老沉默不语。于是质多居士问:尊者,您就是我们的伊西达答吧?长老回答:是的,居士。这样,居士就知道长老正是自己以前在家的朋友。巴利
Pañhaṃ vissajjetvāti ‘‘yā imā, gahapati, anekavihitā diṭṭhiyo loke uppajjanti ‘sassato loko’ti vā, ‘asassato loko’ti vā…pe… yāni cimāni dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhigatāni brahmajāle gaṇitāni, imā kho, gahapati, diṭṭhiyo sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā sati honti, sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā asati na hontī’’tiādinā nayena pañhaṃ vissajjetvā. Gihisahāyakabhāve ñāteti therassa gihisahāyakabhāve cittena gahapatinā ñāte. Citto kira, gahapati, tassa pañhaveyyākaraṇe tuṭṭho ‘‘kuto, bhante, ayyo isidatto āgacchatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘avantiyā kho ahaṃ, gahapati, āgacchāmī’’ti vutto ‘‘atthi, bhante, avantiyā isidatto nāma kulaputto amhākaṃ adiṭṭhasahāyo pabbajito, diṭṭho so āyasmatā’’ti pucchi. Thero ca ‘‘evaṃ, gahapatī’’ti vatvā ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhante, so āyasmā etarahi viharatī’’ti puna puṭṭho tuṇhī ahosi. Atha citto gahapati ‘‘ayyo no, bhante, isidatto’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘evaṃ, gahapatī’’ti vutte attano gihisahāyabhāvaṃ aññāsi.
展示火遍定神变这件事:据说有一天,质多居士请求大长老说:“尊者,请圣者为我展示超越常人的神通神变。”长老说:“那么,居士,你在走廊上铺开上衣,在上面撒一把干草。”居士照办之后,长老自己进入精舍,关上门闩,作了这样的神通决意,使火焰从钥匙孔和门缝里窜出来,烧掉干草,却不烧上衣。于是质多居士拍打上衣,心生警惧,汗毛竖立,站在一旁,看见长老从里面出来,就说:“尊者,请圣者欢喜地住在马奇咖桑达,这里的安跋陀林令人愉悦,我会为圣者尽力提供衣服、饮食、坐卧处、生病所需的医药用品。”长老心想:“现在已经不能住在这里了。”于是离开了那座精舍。针对这件事才说:“展示了火遍定神变之后,心想‘现在已经不适合住在这里’,便随意离去了。”至于“二位上首弟子”等部分,应当说的内容在《律藏》正文中已有详细记载。巴利
Tejosamāpattipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvāti ekasmiṃ kira divase citto gahapati ‘‘sādhu me, bhante, ayyo uttarimanussadhammā iddhipāṭihāriyaṃ dassetū’’ti mahātheraṃ yāci. Thero ‘‘tena hi tvaṃ, gahapati, āḷinde uttarāsaṅgaṃ paññāpetvā tattha tiṇakalāpaṃ okirā’’ti vatvā tena ca tathā kate sayaṃ vihāraṃ pavisitvā ca ghaṭikaṃ datvā tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāresi, yathā tāḷacchiggaḷena ca aggaḷantarikāya ca acci nikkhamitvā tiṇāni jhāpeti, uttarāsaṅgaṃ na jhāpeti. Atha citto gahapati uttarāsaṅgaṃ papphoṭetvā saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto ekamantaṃ ṭhito theraṃ bahi nikkhamantaṃ disvā ‘‘abhiramatu, bhante, ayyo macchikāsaṇḍe, ramaṇīyaṃ ambāṭakavanaṃ, ahaṃ ayyassa ussukkaṃ karissāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānapaccayabhesajjaparikkhārāna’’nti āha. Tato thero ‘‘na dāni idha vasituṃ sakkā’’ti tamhā vihārā pakkāmi. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ – ‘‘tejosamāpatti pāṭihāriyaṃ dassetvā ‘idāni idha vasituṃ na yutta’nti yathāsukhaṃ pakkāmī’’ti. Dve aggasāvakātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ vitthārato vinayapāḷiyaṃ āgatameva.
“有信”是指具备世间和出世间的信心。“以戒”是指戒有两种:在家戒和出家戒,这里指的是在家戒,意思是具备在家戒。“成就名誉与财富”是指像给孤独长者等人那样,拥有五百位近事男围绕的在家名声,具备这样的名声;财富则包括谷物等财物以及七种圣财这两种,意思是具备这些财富。“无论什么地方”是指在东方等各个方向,这样的良家子无论亲近哪里,他在那里都会受到相应的利养与恭敬。巴利
Saddhoti lokiyalokuttarāya saddhāya samannāgato. Sīlenāti agāriyasīlaṃ anagāriyasīlanti duvidhaṃ sīlaṃ, tesu idha agāriyaṃ sīlaṃ adhippetaṃ, tena samannāgatoti attho. Yasobhogasamappitoti yādiso anāthapiṇḍikādīnaṃ pañcaupāsakasataparivārasaṅkhāto agāriyo yaso, tādiseneva yasena, yo ca dhanadhaññādiko ceva sattavidhaariyadhanasaṅkhāto cāti duvidho bhogo, tena ca samannāgatoti attho. Yaṃ yaṃ padesanti puratthimādīsu disāsu evarūpo kulaputto yaṃ yaṃ padesaṃ bhajati, tattha tattha evarūpena lābhasakkārena pūjitova hotīti attho.
哈塔卡·阿拉瓦卡的故事巴利
Hatthakaāḷavakavatthu
251 第四项,是以四种摄受之事来说明,也就是以布施、爱语、利行、同事这四种摄受之事。为了把“明天应当连同食器一起送给阿拉瓦卡”这句话的意思清楚地显示出来,所以说“这里面有这样一段次第开示”等等。阿拉瓦卡王舍弃了种种歌舞娱乐,为了防盗贼、抵御敌国、锻炼体力,每隔七天就去打一次猎。有一天,他带着军队,按照“鹿从谁那边逃走,担子就归谁”的约定,为了猎鹿而进入山林。一只鹿,是指从他所在之处逃走的一只母鹿。追赶,是指他独自一人追了三由旬的路。这位国王行动迅捷,拿着弓箭,徒步追赶那只鹿追了三由旬。杀死,是因为母鹿的最快速度就是三由旬,所以等那只鹿力气耗尽,进入水中停住时,就把它杀死。切成两半挂在弓端折返,是说即使他对鹿肉并无兴趣,为了免除“没能捉到鹿”的指责,还是把切成两半的鹿挂在弓端,然后返回。茂密的树荫,是指枝叶层层叠叠、非常浓密的树荫。巴利
251. Catutthe catubbidhena saṅgahavatthunāti dānapiyavacanaatthacariyāsamānattatāsaṅkhātena catubbidhena saṅgahavatthunā. ‘‘Sve bhattacāṭiyā saddhiṃ āḷavakassa pesetabbo ahosī’’ti vuttamatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ – ‘‘tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā’’tiādimāha. Migavatthāya araññaṃ gantvāti āḷavako rājā vividhanāṭakūpabhogaṃ chaḍḍetvā corappaṭibāhanatthañca paṭirājanisedhanatthañca byāyāmakaraṇatthañca sattame sattame divase migavaṃ gacchanto ekadivasaṃ balakāyena saddhiṃ ‘‘yassa passena migo palāyati, tasseva so bhāro’’ti katakatikavatto migavatthāya araññaṃ gantvā. Ekaṃ miganti attano ṭhitaṭṭhānena palātaṃ eṇimigaṃ. Anubandhitvāti tiyojanamaggaṃ ekakova anubandhitvā. Javasampanno hi rājā dhanuṃ gahetvā pattikova tiyojanaṃ taṃ migamanubandhi. Ghātetvāti yasmā eṇimigā tiyojanavegā eva honti, tasmā parikkhiṇajavaṃ taṃ migaṃ udakaṃ pavisitvā ṭhitaṃ ghātetvā. Dvidhā chetvā dhanukoṭiyaṃ lagetvā nivattetvā āgacchantoti anatthikopi maṃsena ‘‘nāsakkhi migaṃ gahetu’’nti apavādamocanatthaṃ dvidhā chinnaṃ dhanukoṭiyaṃ lagetvā āgacchanto. Sandacchāyanti ghanacchāyaṃ bahalapattapalāsaṃ.
住在树上的天神,这句话是针对阿拉瓦卡夜叉说的。因为他从诸位大王那里得到恩准,在正午时分,凡是走进那棵树荫覆盖范围的有情,都会被他吃掉,他就住在那里。坐在阿拉瓦卡的坐垫上,是指在被选定的吉祥日等日子里,阿拉瓦卡坐上这个坐垫享受福乐,那天他正是坐上了那个天宝坐垫。对自己的飞行不能成功,便省思“到底是什么原因”:据说那时,娑多山夜叉与雪山夜叉在祇树给孤独园礼敬世尊后,带着眷属说“我们要去参加夜叉集会”,乘着各种车乘从空中前往。然而夜叉在空中并非处处都有道路,要避开那些位于空中的宫殿,只在有道路的地方才有路可走。而阿拉瓦卡的宫殿是住在地面上的,防护严密,四周有城墙围绕,城门、望楼、门楼都布置完善,上方覆盖着黄铜网,如同箱笼一般,高有三由旬,它的上方才有道路。他们来到那个地方,却无法通过。因为诸佛所坐之处,从其上方直到有顶天,没有人能够通过。因此,对自己的飞行不能成功,便省思“到底是什么原因”。听了他们的话之后,他思忖:因为对无信仰者说信仰之事是难说的,就像对有恶戒等者说戒律之事等一样,所以听了那些夜叉对世尊的赞叹之后,他内心生起的愤怒就像把盐块投入火中一样,心中噼啪作响,于是思忖。山巅,是指凯拉萨山之巅。巴利
Rukkhe adhivatthā devatāti āḷavakaṃ yakkhaṃ sandhāya vadati. So hi mahārājūnaṃ santikā varaṃ labhitvā majjhanhikasamaye tassa rukkhassa chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsaṃ paviṭṭhe pāṇino khādanto tattha paṭivasati. Āḷavakassa nisīdanapallaṅke nisīdīti yattha abhilakkhitesu maṅgaladivasādīsu āḷavako nisīditvā siriṃ anubhoti, tasmiṃyeva dibbaratanapallaṅke nisīdi. Attano gamane asampajjamāne ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti āvajjentāti tadā kira sātāgirahemavatā bhagavantaṃ jetavaneyeva vanditvā ‘‘yakkhasamāgamaṃ gamissāmā’’ti saparivārā nānāyānehi ākāsena gacchanti, ākāse ca yakkhānaṃ na sabbattha maggo atthi, ākāsaṭṭhāni vimānāni pariharitvā maggaṭṭhāneneva maggo hoti, āḷavakassa pana vimānaṃ bhūmaṭṭhaṃ suguttaṃ pākāraparikkhittaṃ susaṃvihitadvāraṭṭālakagopuraṃ upari kaṃsajālasañchannamañjūsāsadisaṃ tiyojanaṃ ubbedhena, tassa upari maggo hoti, te taṃ padesamāgamma gantumasamatthā ahesuṃ. Buddhānañhi nisinnokāsassa uparibhāgena yāva bhavaggā koci gantumasamattho, tasmā attano gamane asampajjamāne ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kāraṇa’’nti āvajjesuṃ. Tesaṃ kathaṃ sutvā cintesīti yasmā assaddhassa saddhākathā dukkathā hoti dussīlādīnaṃ sīlakathādayo viya, tasmā tesaṃ yakkhānaṃ santikā bhagavato pasaṃsaṃ sutvā eva aggimhi pakkhittaloṇasakkharā viya abbhantare uppannakopena paṭapaṭāyamānahadayo hutvā cintesi. Pabbatakūṭanti kelāsapabbatakūṭaṃ.
从这里开始,要详细讲述与阿拉瓦卡夜叉的那场战斗。据说,他左脚踩在黄石板上,说:“你们现在看看,到底是你们的导师有大神通,还是我!”然后用右脚一踩,把约六十由旬高的盖拉舍山顶踩了下去。那座山就像被铁锤砸中的铁块一样,迸射出无数碎片。他站在那里,大声喊:“我是阿拉瓦卡!”喊声传遍了整个赡部洲。连宽达三千由旬的雪山也因这夜叉的威力而震动。他掀起一阵狂风,心想:“我要用这风把那个沙门吹跑。”于是从东方等各个方向刮起大风,把半由旬、一由旬、二由旬、三由旬高的山峰都吹裂了,把树林、灌木、大树连根拔起,狂风冲进阿拉瓦卡城,把破旧的象棚等建筑碾成粉末,屋顶的砖瓦在空中乱飞。世尊决意:“不要让任何人受到伤害。”那些风到了十力者面前,连他衣角那么一点都吹不动。接着他又降下大雨,心想:“我要用水淹死那个沙门。”靠着他的威力,上空层层叠叠涌起百层千层的乌云,降下暴雨。雨势太猛,大地都被打出窟窿。洪水漫过树林树梢冲过来,却连十力者衣服上一滴雨点都沾不上。接着他又降下石雨。巨大的山峰冒着烟、燃着火从空中飞来,到了十力者面前,却变成了天界的花鬘。接着他又降下武器雨。单刃的、双刃的、剑、矛、剃刀、箭等冒着烟、燃着火从空中飞来,到了十力者脚下,却变成了天界的花朵。巴利
Ito paṭṭhāya āḷavakayuddhaṃ vitthāretabbanti so kira manosilātale vāmapādena ṭhatvā ‘‘passatha dāni tumhākaṃ vā satthā mahānubhāvo, ahaṃ vā’’ti dakkhiṇapādena saṭṭhiyojanamattaṃ kelāsakūṭapabbataṃ akkami, taṃ ayokūṭappahato viya niddhantaayapiṇḍo papaṭikāyo muñci. So tatra ṭhatvā ‘‘ahaṃ āḷavako’’ti ugghosesi, sakalajambudīpaṃ saddo phari. Tiyojanasahassavitthatahimavāpi sampakampi yakkhassānubhāvena. So vātamaṇḍalaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘eteneva samaṇaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti. Te puratthimādibhedā vātā samuṭṭhahitvā aḍḍhayojanayojanadviyojanatiyojanappamāṇāni pabbatakūṭāni padāletvā vanagaccharukkhādīni ummūletvā āḷavinagaraṃ pakkhandā jiṇṇahatthisālādīni cuṇṇentā chadaniṭṭhakā ākāse bhamentā. Bhagavā ‘‘mā kassaci uparodho hotū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Te vātā dasabalaṃ patvā cīvarakaṇṇamattampi cāletuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Tato mahāvassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘udakena ajjhottharitvā samaṇaṃ māressāmī’’ti. Tassānubhāvena uparūpari satapaṭalasahassapaṭalādibhedā valāhakā uṭṭhahitvā pavassiṃsu. Vuṭṭhidhārāvegena pathavī chiddā ahosi. Vanarukkhādīnaṃ upari mahogho āgantvā dasabalassa cīvare ussāvabindumattampi temetuṃ nāsakkhi. Tato pāsāṇavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Mahantāni mahantāni pabbatakūṭāni dhūmāyantāni pajjalantāni ākāsenāgantvā dasabalaṃ patvā dibbamālāguḷāni sampajjiṃsu. Tato paharaṇavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Ekatodhārā ubhatodhārā asisattikhurappādayo dhūmāyantā pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni ahesuṃ.
接着,他又变出了火炭雨。那些像紫矿花一样颜色的火炭从空中飞来,落到十力者脚下时,变成了天界的花朵,纷纷散落。接着,他又变出了热灰雨。极其灼热的灰烬从空中飞来,落到十力者脚下时,变成了檀香粉末,纷纷落下。接着,他又变出了沙雨。那些极其细微的沙子,冒着烟、燃着火,从空中飞来,落到十力者脚下时,变成了天界的花朵,纷纷落下。接着,他又变出了泥雨。那泥浆冒着烟、燃着火,从空中飞来,落到十力者脚下时,变成了天界的香料,纷纷落下。接着,他又变出了黑暗,心想:“我要吓跑那个沙门。”那黑暗具备四种要素,像浓密的黑暗一样降临,但一到十力者面前,就像被阳光驱散的黑暗一样消失了。就这样,这个亚卡用风、雨、石头、武器、火炭、热灰、沙子、泥浆、黑暗这九种灾难,都没能把世尊赶走。于是,他亲自带着一支由四支军队组成的军阵,向世尊逼近——那些非人部众手持各种攻击武器,显现出种种恐怖的形相,乱纷纷地聚集在一起。那些非人部众做出各种变化,一边喊着“抓住他!杀死他!”,一边好像要向世尊冲过来。然而,他们就像苍蝇无法靠近烧红的铁块一样,根本没办法接近世尊。巴利
Tato aṅgāravassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Kiṃsukavaṇṇā aṅgārā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā vikiriṃsu. Tato kukkuḷavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Accuṇho kukkuḷo ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle candanacuṇṇaṃ hutvā nipati. Tato vālikavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Atisukhumā vālikā dhūmāyantā pajjalantā ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbapupphāni hutvā nipatiṃsu. Tato kalalavassaṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Taṃ dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ ākāsenāgantvā dasabalassa pādamūle dibbagandhaṃ hutvā nipati. Tato andhakāraṃ samuṭṭhāpesi ‘‘bhiṃsetvā samaṇaṃ palāpessāmī’’ti. Caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ andhakārasadisaṃ hutvā dasabalaṃ patvā sūriyappabhāvihatamivandhakāraṃ antaradhāyi. Evaṃ yakkho imāhi navahi vātavassapāsāṇapaharaṇaṅgārakukkuḷavālikakalalandhakāravuṭṭhīhi bhagavantaṃ palāpetumasakkonto nānāvidhappaharaṇahatthaanekappakārarūpabhūtagaṇasamākulāya caturaṅginiyā senāya sayameva bhagavantaṃ abhigato. Te bhūtagaṇā anekappakāravikāre katvā ‘‘gaṇhatha hanathā’’ti bhagavato upari āgacchantā viya ca honti. Apica kho niddhantalohapiṇḍaṃ viya makkhikā bhagavantaṃ allīyitumasamatthā eva ahesuṃ.
旷野夜叉就这样用种种恐怖景象折腾了整整一夜,还是没法让世尊动摇,他心里想:“不如我把那谁也挡不住的布衣武器扔出去吧。”因为如果他这一扔,把布衣武器抛向空中,天就会十二年不下雨;如果扔到地上,所有树木、草等都会干枯,十二年间再也长不出来;如果扔进大海,大海就会像热锅上的水滴一样全部干涸;如果扔到须弥山上,山就会碎成一块块飞散开来。他这么一想,就脱下那件有大神力的布衣武器——他的上衣,握在手里。这时,十千世界的大多数天神都迅速聚集过来,心想:“今天世尊要调伏旷野夜叉了,我们可以在那里听闻正法。”也有一些想看战斗的天神聚集过来。就这样,整个天空都挤满了天神。这时,旷野夜叉在世尊附近上下飞来飞去,然后扔出了那件布衣武器。它像霹雳轮一样,在空中发出恐怖的响声,冒着烟、燃着火,朝世尊飞来;但为了打掉夜叉的傲慢,它变成了一块擦脚布,落在世尊脚前。旷野夜叉看到这一幕,就像被切断角的公牛、被拔掉毒牙的蛇一样,失去了威光,没有了骄慢,傲慢之旗被放倒在地上。以上这段旷野夜叉之战应当详细讲述。巴利
Evaṃ sabbarattiṃ anekappakāravibhiṃsākāradassanenapi bhagavantaṃ cāletumasakkonto āḷavako cintesi – ‘‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ kenaci ajeyyaṃ dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya’’nti. Sace hi so duṭṭho ākāse taṃ dussāvudhaṃ muñceyya, dvādasa vassāni devo na vasseyya. Sace pathaviyaṃ muñceyya , sabbarukkhatiṇādīni sussitvā dvādasavassantaraṃ na puna ruheyyuṃ. Sace samudde muñceyya, tattakapāle udakabindu viya sabbaṃ susseyya. Sace sinerupabbate muñceyya, khaṇḍākhaṇḍaṃ hutvā vikireyya. So evaṃmahānubhāvaṃ dussāvudhaṃ uttarisāṭakaṃ muñcitvā aggahesi. Yebhuyyena dasasahassilokadhātudevatā vegena sannipatiṃsu ‘‘ajja bhagavā āḷavakaṃ damessati, tattha dhammaṃ sossāmā’’ti. Yuddhadassanakāmāpi devatā sannipatiṃsu. Evaṃ sakalampi ākāsaṃ devatāhi paripuṇṇaṃ ahosi. Athāḷavako bhagavato samīpe uparūpari vicaritvā vatthāvudhaṃ muñci . Taṃ asanicakkaṃ viya ākāse bheravasaddaṃ karontaṃ dhūmāyantaṃ pajjalantaṃ bhagavantaṃ patvā yakkhassa mānamaddanatthaṃ pādapuñchanacoḷaṃ hutvā pādamūle nipati. Āḷavako taṃ disvā chinnavisāṇo viya usabho, uddhaṭadāṭho viya sappo nittejo nimmado nipātitamānaddhajo ahosi. Evamidaṃ āḷavakayuddhaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ.
他问了八个问题——巴利
Aṭṭha pañhe pucchīti –
在这世上,什么才是人最殊胜的财富?
什么才是真正修得好、能带来快乐的?
在所有味道里,到底什么才是最甘甜的?
怎样活才算是最好的活法?巴利
‘‘Kiṃ sūdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ, Kiṃ su suciṇṇaṃ sukhamāvahāti; Kiṃ su have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ, Kathaṃ jīviṃ jīvitamāhu seṭṭha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 183) –
他用开头这八个问题来提问。导师解答道——巴利
Ādinā aṭṭha pañhe pucchi. Satthā vissajjesīti –
在这世上,信仰是人的最上等财富,
法如果好好修,就能带来安乐。
真实确实是所有味道中最甜美的。
人们说,以智慧为生才是最殊胜的生命。巴利
‘‘Saddhīdha vittaṃ purisassa seṭṭhaṃ, Dhammo suciṇṇo sukhamāvahāti; Saccaṃ have sādutaraṃ rasānaṃ, Paññājīviṃ jīvitamāhu seṭṭha’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 184) –
他用开头那句话作了回答。“Vikkandamānāya”这个词,指的是极度悲泣者的悲泣。巴利
Ādinā vissajjesi. Vikkandamānāyāti accantaṃ paridevamānāya.
摩诃男的故事巴利
Mahānāmasakkavatthu
252 第五个问题说“此后,导师没有给予承诺”,是因为从一年之后开始,由于制定了学处,禁止接受资具邀请,所以才说“没有给予承诺”。事实上,世尊在摩诃男第三次请求时,确实给了承诺。当时摩诃男说:“尊者,我愿意终生以药物邀请僧伽。”(《波逸提》304-305)世尊就说:“善哉,善哉,摩诃男,既然如此,摩诃男,你就终生以药物邀请僧伽吧。”这样给了承诺之后,后来世尊听说六群比丘恼害摩诃男,就呵责六群比丘,并制定了这条学处:“无病比丘除了再次邀请和长期邀请之外,应接受为期四个月的资具邀请。如果超过这个期限还接受,就犯波逸提。”所以,虽然最初开许了,但后来因为学处的约束而被遮止,因此说“没有给予承诺”。巴利
252. Pañcame satthā tato paraṃ paṭiññaṃ nādāsīti saṃvaccharato paraṃ sikkhāpadapaññattiyā paccayappavāraṇāsādiyanassa vāritattā ‘‘paṭiññaṃ nādāsī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi bhagavā tatiyavārepi mahānāmena sakkena ‘‘icchāmahaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavāretu’’nti (pāci. 304-305) vutte ‘‘sādhu sādhu, mahānāma, tena hi tvaṃ, mahānāma, saṅghaṃ yāvajīvaṃ bhesajjena pavārehī’’ti paṭiññaṃ adāsiyeva. Evaṃ paṭiññaṃ datvā pacchā chabbaggiyehi bhikkhūhi mahānāmassa sakkassa viheṭhitabhāvaṃ sutvā chabbaggiye bhikkhū vigarahitvā sikkhāpadaṃ paññapesi ‘‘agilānena bhikkhunā cātumāsappaccayapavāraṇā sāditabbā aññatra punappavāraṇāya aññatra niccappavāraṇāya. Tato ce uttari sādiyeyya, pācittiya’’nti. Tasmā paṭhamaṃ anujānitvāpi pacchā sikkhāpadabandhanena vāritattā ‘‘paṭiññaṃ nādāsī’’ti vuttaṃ.
郁伽居士等人的事例巴利
Uggagahapatyādivatthu
253-256 第六、第七、第八、第九这几个问题本身都很好懂。巴利
253-256. Chaṭṭhasattamaaṭṭhamanavamāni suviññeyyāneva.
那拘罗父居士的故事巴利
Nakulapitugahapativatthu
257 257. 第十则故事里的“鳄鱼山城”,就是一座这样命名的城市。据说,在选定城址的那天,附近的水池里有一条鳄鱼发出叫声,吼出了声音。后来城市顺利建成,人们就把那条鳄鱼发出叫声这件事当作吉兆,给这座城市取名叫“鳄鱼山”。不过也有人这样说:“因为有一座山形状像鳄鱼,名叫鳄鱼山,这座山就在那座城市附近,所以那座城市因为有这座山而被称为鳄鱼山城。” “贝萨咖拉林”是指那片名叫贝萨咖拉的树林,也有写成“Bhesakalāvane”的版本。那么,世尊是怎么对他们生起把世尊当作儿子一样的想法的呢?经文里说“据说……”这一段就是在解释这件事。其中“我尚年轻,即娶少妻”,意思是在我还年轻的时候,就娶了年轻的女子。“纵欲过度”,是指在行欲时越过了正常的限度。巴利
257. Dasame susumāragirinagareti evaṃnāmake nagare. Tassa kira nagarassa vatthupariggahadivase avidūre udakarahade susumāro saddamakāsi, giraṃ nicchāresi. Atha nagare anantarāyena māpite tameva susumāragirakaraṇaṃ subhanimittaṃ katvā ‘‘susumāragirī’’tvevassa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Keci pana ‘‘susumārasaṇṭhānattā susumāro nāma eko giri, so tassa nagarassa samīpe, tasmā taṃ susumāragiri etassa atthīti susumāragirīti vuccatī’’ti vadanti. Bhesakaḷāvaneti bhesakaḷānāmake vane. ‘‘Bhesakalāvane’’tipi pāṭho. Kathaṃ pana bhagavati nesaṃ puttasaññā patiṭṭhāsīti āha – ‘‘ayaṃ kirā’’tiādi. Daharasseva daharā ānītāti me daharasseva sato daharā ānītāti attho. Aticaritāti atikkamitvā caranto.
第十四 最上品巴利
14. Etadaggavaggo
第七最上品注释巴利
(14) 7. Sattamaetadaggavaggavaṇṇanā
258 《近事女经》注释的第一部分,本来就很容易懂。巴利
258. Upāsikāpāḷisaṃvaṇṇanāya paṭhamaṃ suviññeyyameva.
259 第二项中,“大藤蔓装饰”就是大藤蔓首饰。那件首饰上用了四根金刚石管、十一根珍珠管、二十二根珊瑚管、三十三根红宝石管。这些,再加上青金石等其他宝石,按蓝、黄、红、白、深红、褐、金七种颜色,用殊胜宝石制作完成。把它戴在头上,会一直垂到脚背;这位女性要能承受它,得有相当于五头大象的力量才行。“内火不可往外带出”等的含义,后面会说明。这里其余的内容很容易理解。巴利
259. Dutiye mahālatāpasādhanassāti mahālatāpiḷandhanassa. Tasmiñca piḷandhane catasso vajiranāḷiyo upayogaṃ agamaṃsu. Muttānaṃ ekādasa nāḷiyo, pavāḷassa dvāvīsati nāḷiyo, padumarāgamaṇīnaṃ tettiṃsa nāḷiyo. Iti etehi ca aññehi ca indanīlādīhi nīlapītalohitodātamañjiṭṭhasāmakabaravaṇṇavasena sattavaṇṇehi vararatanehi niṭṭhānaṃ agamāsi, taṃ sīse paṭimukkaṃ yāva pādapiṭṭhiyā bhassati, pañcannaṃ hatthīnaṃ balaṃ dhārayamānāva naṃ itthī dhāretuṃ sakkoti. Antoaggi bahi na nīharitabbotiādīnaṃ attho upari āvi bhavissati. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.
久寿多罗与娑摩婆提的故事巴利
Khujjuttarā-sāmāvatīvatthu
260-261 260-261. 在第三和第四部分中,“乳粥”指的是特别浓稠的乳粥。“在吃那乳粥的时候”:指的是在吃那又浓稠又油腻的乳粥的时候。“没法消化”:因为一路上吃得少,消化力弱,所以没法消化。“猛兽出没的地方”:指被猛兽占据的地方。“到处寻找”:指四处察看。“棚屋”:指竹匠的工棚。“不会白做”:不给工钱就不做。“她点上了”:她给了火,也就是点起了火。“等着”:意思是“请等一下”。“身体圆满”:指身材相貌好。“到了榕树”:指到了一棵孟加拉榕树。“金镯”:指金臂环。“我的不幸”:意思是“我的灾祸”。“没有查看里面”:指没有查看叶棚里面有没有人。剩下的部分很容易理解。巴利
260-261. Tatiyacatutthesu pāyāsassāti bahalatarassa pāyāsassa. Taṃ pāyāsaṃ bhuñjantesūti taṃ bahalataraṃ garusiniddhaṃ pāyāsaṃ bhuñjantesu. Jīrāpetuṃ asakkontoti antarāmagge appāhāratāya mandagahaṇikattā jīrāpetuṃ asakkonto. Vāḷamigaṭṭhāneti vāḷamigehi adhiṭṭhitaṭṭhāne. Anuvijjantoti vicārento. Sālāti naḷakārasālā. Mudhā na karissatīti mūlyaṃ vinā na karissati. Ālimpesīti aggiṃ adāsi, aggiṃ jālesīti attho. Pekkhāti āgamehi. Upadhisampadāti sarīrasampatti. Vaṭarukkhaṃ patvāti nigrodharukkhaṃ patvā. Suvaṇṇakaṭaketi suvaṇṇavalaye. Abbhuṃ meti me avaḍḍhīti attho. Anto asodhetvāti paṇṇasālāya anto kassaci atthibhāvaṃ vā natthibhāvaṃ vā anupadhāretvā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.
优多罗难陀母的故事巴利
Uttarānandamātāvatthu
262 262. 第五项中,“观察到亲依止”这句话说明:即使当下诸缘已经会合,证得殊胜境界仍然必须具足亲依止的圆满。正如以现法受报方式成熟的业也需要当下诸缘会合一样,亲依止的圆满也同样是殊胜的,应当去追求。因为即使亲近了最殊胜的善士、具备了如理作意等条件,如果缺少亲依止,殊胜的证悟也根本不会实现。“做成净食”:就是按照规矩做成允许食用的净食。“应放入钵中”:就是把食物舍于布施之门而放入钵里。“以三种思”:就是布施前的思、布施时的思和随喜时的思。经中确实这样说:巴利
262. Pañcame upanissayaṃ disvāti iminā yathā visesādhigamassa satipi paccuppannapaccayasamavāye avassaṃ upanissayasampadā icchitabbā, evaṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyabhāvena vipaccanakassa kammassapi paccuppannasamavāyo viya upanissayasampadāpi savisesā icchitabbāti dasseti. Tathā hi ukkaṃsagatasappurisūpanissayayonisomanasikāresu labbhamānesupi upanissayarahitassa visesādhigamo na sampajjatevāti. Kappiyaṃ katvāti yathā kappiyaṃ hoti, tathā katvā. Patte patiṭṭhapeyyāti āhāraṃ dānamukhe vissajjeyya. Tīhi cetanāhīti pubbabhāgamuñcaanumodanācetanāhi. Vuttañhetaṃ –
布施之前就先心生欢喜,布施的时候要使心清净;
布施之后心里欢喜,这就是福德的圆满。巴利
‘‘Pubbeva dānā sumano, dadaṃ cittaṃ pasādaye; Datvā attamano hoti, esā puññassa sampadā’’ti. (a. ni. 6.37; pe. va. 305);
“你要管好自己的心”这句话的意思是:因为“今天饭送晚了”而生气时,你要管住自己那颗嗔怒的心,不要发火。她目光所及之处……略……就像被撒满了一样——因为那片耕过的地全都变成了金色,仿佛盖满了大苦葫芦花。“像你这样的”就是和你相似。“我不恼害”就是不毁坏、不因出身而轻视。“作供养”就是向正等正觉者作供养。“内院”就是家里的庭院。“Bhoti”是呼唤语。“Je”是轻蔑的称呼。她自己因为是圣弟子,依着导师而说了“有父亲的女儿”之后,她期望在导师面前听闻正法而获得殊胜的证悟,所以说:“唯有在十力者容忍时,我才容忍。”“吝啬”就是顽固的悭吝。巴利
Tavamanaṃ sandhārehīti ‘‘ajja bhattaṃ cirāyita’’nti kodhato tava cittaṃ sandhārehi, mā kujjhīti attho. Olokitolokitaṭṭhānaṃ…pe… samparikiṇṇaṃ viya ahosīti tena kasitaṭṭhānaṃ sabbaṃ suvaṇṇabhāvāpattiyā mahākosātakipupphehi sañchannaṃ viya ahosi. Tādiseti tayā sadise. Na kopemīti na vināsemi, jātiyā na hīḷemi. Pūjaṃ karotīti sammāsambuddhassa pūjaṃ karoti. Antaravatthunti gehaṅgaṇaṃ. Bhoti sambodhane nipāto. Jeti avaññālapanaṃ. Sayaṃ ariyasāvikābhāvato satthuvasena ‘‘sapitikā dhītā’’ti vatvā satthu sammukhā dhammassavanena tassā visesādhigamaṃ paccāsīsantī ‘‘dasabale khamanteyeva khamissāmī’’ti āha. Kadariyanti thaddhamacchariṃ.
263 263. 第六篇,关于“布施殊胜食物的人”:指的是布施殊胜美味食物的女施主们。布施能维持寿命的食物,就叫作“施寿命”。在“施美貌”等说法里,道理也是一样。因此说“五种处”。为了说明业与果相似的道理,接着说了“然而,布施了寿命……”等话。其中,“布施了”是指以布施为因。“有份者”是指能够获得那份果报的人。巴利
263. Chaṭṭhe paṇītadāyikānanti paṇītarasavatthūnaṃ dāyikānaṃ. Āyuno ṭhitihetuṃ bhojanaṃ dentī āyuṃ deti nāma. Esa nayo vaṇṇaṃ detītiādīsu. Tenāha – ‘‘pañca ṭhānānī’’ti. Kammasarikkhakañcetaṃ phalanti dassento ‘‘āyuṃ kho pana datvā’’tiādimāha. Tattha datvāti dānahetu. Bhāginīti bhāgavatī laddhuṃ bhabbā.
264 第七则:她割下自己大腿上的肉,交给婢女。这位已经证得果位、通达佛陀教法的女圣弟子,没有去想自己身体的痛苦,一心只希望那位比丘的病能好起来,就割下自己大腿上的肉,交给了婢女。导师看到她有这样的心愿和根器,也知道“只要她来到我面前,她的伤口就会愈合,皮肤恢复,身体安好”,于是说:“把她叫来。”她心里想:“悲悯一切世间众生的导师,不会让我受苦还把我叫来,这里面一定有原因。”她把自己做过的事全都说了出来。她说这些,是为了彰显佛陀的威神力,不是为了显示自己愿心坚定。世尊把她列为照顾病人第一的弟子。因为她不顾自己的痛苦,一心投入照顾生病比丘、让他们病苦消除这件事,所以被列为照顾病人第一的弟子。巴利
264. Sattame ūrumaṃsaṃ chinditvā dāsiyā adāsīti āgataphalā viññātasāsanā ariyasāvikā attano sarīradukkhaṃ acintetvā tassa bhikkhuno rogavūpasamameva paccāsīsantī attano ūrumaṃsaṃ chinditvā dāsiyā adāsi. Satthāpi tassā tathāpavattaṃ ajjhāsayasampattiṃ disvā ‘‘mama sammukhībhāvūpagamanenevassā vaṇo ruhitvā sañchavi jāyati, phāsubhāvo hotī’’ti ca disvā ‘‘pakkosatha na’’nti āha. Sā cintesīti ‘‘sabbalokassa hitānukampako satthā na maṃ dukkhāpetuṃ pakkosati, atthettha kāraṇa’’nti cintesi. Attanā katakāraṇaṃ sabbaṃ kathesīti buddhānubhāvavibhāvanatthaṃ kathesi, na attano daḷhajjhāsayatāya vibhāvanatthaṃ. Gilānupaṭṭhākīnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesīti agaṇitattadukkhā gilānānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ gelaññavūpasamane yuttappayuttāti gilānupaṭṭhākīnaṃ aggaṭṭhāne ṭhapesīti.
265 265. 第八项,关于“证得不动的净信者”:就是如实了知三宝的功德之后生起净信的人。这种净信因为是经由道而获得的,所以不会被任何事物动摇。“已证得的”:是指通过证道而获得的。也有写成“avigatena”的版本,意思是“任何时候都不会消失”。这种净信也是不可破坏的,因此说“以已证得的不动净信”。其中,“以身作证”:就是以她为首;从词义上说,是通过名身领受教法而成为亲证者。“挖了暗道”:就是挖开破坏房屋连接处的通道,以便进入内部。“难以听闻”:是指难以遇到正法的听闻。“应该进入大地”:说的是会堕入无间地狱。巴利
265. Aṭṭhame aveccappasannānanti ratanattayaguṇe yāthāvato ñatvā pasannānaṃ, so panassa pasādo maggenāgatattā kenaci akampanīyo. Adhigatenāti maggādhigameneva adhigatena. ‘‘Avigatenā’’ti vā pāṭho, tassattho ‘‘kadāci avigacchantenā’’ti. So appadhaṃsiyo ca hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ – ‘‘adhigatena acalappasādenā’’ti. Tattha kāyasakkhiṃ katvāti pamukhaṃ katvā, vacanatthato pana nāmakāyena desanāya sampaṭicchanavasena sakkhibhūtaṃ katvāti attho. Ummaggaṃ khanitvāti gharasandhicchedanena antopavisanamaggaṃ khanitvā. Dullabhassavananti dullabhasaddhammassavanaṃ. Mahāpathavī pavisitabbā bhaveyyāti avīcippavesanaṃ vadati.
那拘罗母的故事巴利
Nakulamātāvatthu
266 266. 在第九个故事里,正是通过那番表达信赖的话,那拘罗母和那拘罗父被称为对导师有信赖的人,所以说:“信赖者,就是指说信赖话的近事女们。”家主妇,就是家里的女主人。所谓“已说过的”,就是和近事男典籍中那拘罗父故事里所说的方式一样。巴利
266. Navame vissāsakathaneneva nakulamātā nakulapitā ca satthuvissāsikā nāma jātāti vuttaṃ – ‘‘vissāsikānanti vissāsakathaṃ kathentīnaṃ upāsikāna’’nti. Gahapatānīti gehasāminī. Vuttamevāti upāsakapāḷiyaṃ nakulapitukathāyaṃ vuttanayameva.
黑爱欲屋的故事巴利
Kāḷīkuraragharikāvatthu
267 第十项,“仅凭传闻”是指:没有亲眼见到导师本人,也没有当面听导师说法,只是跟随别人的话、听别人转述之后生起的净信。“传闻净信”就是从传闻而来的净信。巴利
267. Dasame anussavenevāti paccakkhato rūpadassanena satthu sammukhā dhammassavanena ca vinā kevalaṃ anussavaneneva parassa vacanaṃ anugatassavaneneva uppannena pasādena. Anussavikappasādanti anussavato āgatappasādaṃ.
《增支部》的注释中。巴利
Aṅguttaranikāya-aṭṭhakathāya